1
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
Ph: 0824 – 2435791 Fax: 0824 - 2436720
Website: www.sswroshni.in
E-Mail: [email protected]
AGENDA
OF
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL
MEETING
Date : Thursday, August 25, 2016
Time : 3.00 p.m.
Venue : Board Room, Adelaide Library Block
School of Social Work
Mangalore – 575 002
2
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 PM
Venue: Board Room, Adelaide Library Block
AGENDA
Item No. Agenda Item Details No.1/SSW/AC/10/16 Approval of Proceedings of the various Boards of Studies – UG / PG
1 (a) Proceedings of BOS – English
1 (b) Proceedings of BOS - Hindi
1 (c) Proceedings of BOS - Kannada
1 (d) Proceedings of BOS - French
1 (e) Proceedings of BOS - Computer Applications
1 (f) Proceedings of BOS - Criminology
1 (g) Proceedings of BOS - Economics
1 (h) Proceedings of BOS - Psychology
1 (i) Proceedings of BOS - Rural Development
1 (j) Proceedings of BOS - Secretarial Practice
1 (k) Proceedings of BOS - Sociology
1 (l) Proceedings of BOS - Foundation Course
1 (m) Proceedings of BOS - BSW
1 (n) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - MSW
1 (o) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - M.Sc.
(Counselling)
1 (p) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - M.Sc. (CFS)
3
No.2/SSW/AC/10/16 a) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the
award of Master of Social Work Degree –
M.S.W. [2014 – 2016 Batch]
b) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the
award of Master of Science in Counselling Degree – M.Sc. (Counselling)
[2014 – 2016 Batch]
c) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the
award of Master of Science in Criminology and Forensic Science Degree
– M.Sc. (CFS) [2014 – 2016 Batch]
b) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the
award of Bachelor of Arts Degree –
B.A. [2013 – 2016 Batch]
c) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the
award of Bachelor of Social Work Degree –
B.S.W. [2013 – 2016 Batch]
No.3/SSW/AC/10/16 Results of the Diploma Courses
a) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Human
Resource Management – PGDHRM
[2015 – 2016 Batch]
b) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Counselling –
PGDC [2015– 2016 Batch]
b) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Human
Resource Management– DHRM [2015– 2016 Batch]
c) List of candidates awarded Diploma in Human Rights Education –
HRE [2015– 2016 Batch]
No.4/SSW/AC/10/16
Approval of Academic Calendar for B.A. / B.S.W. / M.S.W. / M.Sc.
in Counseling / M.Sc. (CFS) for the year 2016 – 17
No.5/SSW/AC/10/16 Any other matter with the permission of the Chair
(ii)
4
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (a) /SSW/AC/10/16
a. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in English for B.A. /
B.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, July 30, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
5
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
ENGLISH HELD ON SATURDAY July 30, 2016 AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL
WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Ms. Shobhana N : in the Chair
2. Dr.Malini Hebbar :Member - (UniversityRepresentative)
3. Dr. Shankara Narayana : Member - (subject Expert)
4. Dr. Alwyn D‟Sa : Member - (Subject Expert)
5. Prof. Niveditha Lobo : Member - (Subject Expert)
6. Prof. Sabina Manjunathan : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
7. Ms. Rachitha P Cabral : Co-opted Member
8. Ms. Pearl Lobo : Co-opted Member
AGENDA:
i.Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii.Assessment and review of I-III-V [2015] & II-IV-VI [2016] Semester
Question Papers and results
iii.Any other matter.
Welcome by the Chairperson.
The Agenda tabled for consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and
recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and
forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the
prescribed format.
PART – III
Members satisfied with the nature of questions, evaluation techniques and results of
Examinations held in the academic year 2015-16 i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. / Nov. 2015
and II-IV-VI Semester Apr. / May 2016.
6
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Ms Shobhana N ……………Sd/-……………
2. Dr. Alwyn D‟Sa …………… Sd/-……………
3. Dr. Malini Hebbar ……………Sd/-………………
4. Dr. Shankara Narayana ………………Sd/-…………….
5. Ms. Pearl Lobo …………….Sd/-………………
6. Prof. Sabina Manjunathan …………….Sd/-………………
7. Ms Rachitha P Cabral …………….Sd/-………………
8. Prof. Niveditha Lobo ……………..Sd/-………………
Sd/-
SHOBHANA N
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in English
7
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.A.):
OCTOBER 2015
Particulars I Semester
Oct. 2014
%
III Semester
Oct. 2014
%
No. of Students Appeared 42 44
No. of Students Passed 39 92.86 43 97.73
No. of Students Failed 01 2.38 01 2.27
No. of Students Absent 02 4.76 --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90%
03 7.14 13 29.55
70% & Above but below 80% 19 45.24 15 34.09
60% & Above but below 70% 12 28.57 06 13.64
55% & Above but below 60% 03 7.14 01 2.27
50% & Above but below 55% 02 4.76 01 2.27
35% & Above but below 50% -- 07 15.91
Below 35% 01 2.38 01 2.27
Absent 02 4.76 --
Pass Percentage 92.86 97.72
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.2015
% III Sem.
Oct.2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01 07
No. Students Passed 01 100 07 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- -- --
8
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.S.W):
OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 25 31
No. of Students Passed 21 84 30 96.77
No. of Students Failed 04 16 01 3.23
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90%
02 8 03 9.68
70% & Above but below 80% 06 24 04 12.90
60% & Above but below 70% 01 4 14 45.16
55% & Above but below 60% 05 20 04 12.90
50% & Above but below 55% 02 8 03 9.68
35% & Above but below 50% 05 20 02 6.45
Below 35% 04 16 01 3.23
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage
84 96.77
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.2015
% III Sem.
Oct.2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01 01
No. Students Passed -- -- -- --
No. of Students Failed 01 01
9
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF OPTIONAL ENGLISH:
OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 13 23 14
No. of Students Passed 10 76.92 23 100 14 100
No. of Students Failed 02 15.38 -- --
No. of Students Absent 01 7.69 -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% -- -- 06 42.86
70% & Above but below 80% 02 15.38 03 13.04 02 14.29
60% & Above but below 70% 03 23.07 10 43.48 03 21.43
55% & Above but below 60% 02 15.38 03 13.04 01 7.14
50% & Above but below 55% 01 7.69 02 8.70 01 7.14
35% & Above but below 50% 02 15.38 05 21.74 01 7.14
Below 35% 02 15.38 -- --
Absent -- -- --
Pass Percentage 69.23 100 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.2015
% III Sem.
Oct.2015
%
No. of Students appeared 02 --
No. Students Passed 02 100 -- --
No. of Students Failed --
10
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.A.):
OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 09 08
No. of Students Passed 09 100 07 87.50
No. of Students Failed -- 01 12.50
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 04 44.44 --
70% & Above but below 80% 04 44.44 02 25
60% & Above but below 70% 01 11.12 04 50
55% & Above but below 60% -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- --
Below 35% -- 01 12.50
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 87.50
11
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):
OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 02 09
No. of Students Passed 02 100 09 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% -- --
70% & Above but below 80% -- 02 22.23
60% & Above but below 70% -- 04 44.44
55% & Above but below 60% 02 100 01 11.11
50% & Above but below 55% -- 01 11.11
35% & Above but below 50% -- 01 11.11
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
12
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.A.):
APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 38 43
No. of Students Passed 38 100 42 97.67
08No. of Students Failed -- 01 2.33
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued 04 01
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- 06 13.94
80% & Above but below 90% 12 31.58 10 23.26
70% & Above but below 80% 21 55.26 10 23.26
60% & Above but below 70% 04 10.53 07 16.28
55% & Above but below 60% 01 2.63 03 6.98
50% & Above but below 55% -- 02 4.65
35% & Above but below 50% -- 04 9.30
Below 35% -- 01 2.33
Absent - --
Pass Percentage 100 97.67
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students appeared 01 01
No. Students Passed 01 100 01 100
No. of Students Failed
13
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):
APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 25 29
No. of Students Passed 23 92 29 100
08No. of Students Failed 02 8 --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued --- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- 02 6.90
80% & Above but below 90% 01 4 06 20.69
70% & Above but below 80% 06 25 12 41.38
60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 06 20.69
55% & Above but below 60% 01 4 --
50% & Above but below 55% 03 12 02 6.90
35% & Above but below 50% 04 16 01 3.45
Below 35% 02 8 --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 92 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 01 --
No. Students Passed 01 100 -- --
No. of Students Failed
14
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF OPTIONAL ENGLISH:
APRIL - 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 12 23 14
No. of Students Passed 12 100 23 100 14 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- --
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued 01 -- -
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & Above -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% -- 05 21.74 02 14.29
70% & Above but below 80% 05 41.67 06 26.09 04 28.57
60% & Above but below 70% 05 41.67 08 34.78 05 35.71
55% & Above but below 60% -- 01 4.35 01 7.14
50% & Above but below 55% -- 02 8.70 02 14.29
35% & Above but below 50% 02 16.67 01 4.35 --
Below 35% -- -- --
Absent -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared -- 01
No. Students Passed -- -- 01 100
No. of Students Failed
15
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.A.):
APRIL – 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 09 08
No. of Students Passed 09 100 08 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 11.11 07 87.50
70% & Above but below 80% 04 44.45 --
60% & Above but below 70% 03 33.33 --
55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 --
50% & Above but below 55% -- 01 12.50
35% & Above but below 50% -- --
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 01 --
No. Students Passed 01 100 -- --
No. of Students Failed
16
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):
APRIL – 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 02 08
No. of Students Passed 02 100 08 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2015
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
IV Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% -- 05 62.50
70% & Above but below 80% -- 02 25
60% & Above but below 70% 02 100 01 12.50
55% & Above but below 60% -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- --
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
17
TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch
Aggregate of all Semesters
Reg. No Name of the Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(out of 400)
% Grade Ranking
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A. degree
students
131370204 Delia 341 85.25 A++ FIRST FIRST
131370106 S Chandana 338 84.50 A++ SECOND FIFTH
131370105 Bharathi 328 82.00 A++ THIRD SIXTH
TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH OPTIONAL: 2013 - 2016 Batch
Aggregate of all Semesters
Reg. No Name of the Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(out of 1200)
% Grade Ranking
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Students
131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI
NAYAK 978 81.50 A++ FIRST
THIRD
131370105 BHARATHI P. 953 79.42 A+ SECOND SIXTH
131370104 ATHENA MARIA
ARANHA 935 77.92 A+ THIRD
FOURTH
18
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (b) /SSW/AC/10/16
b. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Hindi for B.A. \
B.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 27, 2016 At 10.00 A.M.
at School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 2 is placed before the Academic
Council for its consideration and approval.
19
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN HINDI
HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : in the Chair
2. Dr. Parashurama G Malage : Member
3. Dr. Nagaratna N Rao : Member - (University Representative)
4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : Member – (Subject Expert)
5. Dr. J.P Nautiyal : Member - (Industry Representative)
6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct.2015] & II-IV [Apr.2016] Semester Question
Papers and results.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART - III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in
the results are found to be satisfactory.
20
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
2. Dr. Parashurama G Malage : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
3. Dr.Nagaratna N Rao : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
5. Dr. J.P Nautiyal : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
6. Ms. Juliet : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....
Sd/-
DR. KESHAVA GOWDA U.
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Hindi
21
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 14 19
No. of Students Passed 12 85.71 18 94.74
No. of Students Failed -- 01 5.26
No. of Students Absent 02 14.29 --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 03 21.43 -- --
70% & Above but below 80% 02 14.29 -- --
60% & Above but below 70% 03 21.43 06 31.58
55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- 06 31.58
35% & Above but below 50% 03 21.43 06 31.58
Below 35% -- -- 01 5.26
Absent 02 14.29 -- --
Pass Percentage 85.71 -- 94.74 --
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
I Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 02
No. Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed
22
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W.]
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 11 6
No. of Students Passed 10 90.91 6 100
No. of Students Failed 01 9.09 -- No. of Students Absent -- -- -- No. of Students
Discontinued --
--
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above 02 18.18 -- -- 80% & Above but below 90% 02 18.18 02 33.33 70% & Above but below 80% 01 9.09 -- -- 60% & Above but below 70% 01 9.09 -- -- 55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- -- 50% & Above but below 55% 01 9.09 01 16.67 35% & Above but below 50% 03 27.27 03 50 Below 35% 01 9.09 -- -- Absent -- -- -- Pass Percentage 90.91 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
I
Semester
Oct.
2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 02 --
No. Students Passed 02 100 -- --
No. of Students Failed
23
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: APRIL - 2016 [B.A.]
Particulars
II Semester
April. 2016
% IV Semester
April. 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 12 19 No. of Students Passed 11 91.67 19 100
No. of Students Failed 01 8.33 -- -- No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- No. of Students
Discontinued 02 --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
Particulars
II Semester
April. 2016
% IVSemester
April. 2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 03 25 01 5.26
70% & Above but below 80% 02 16.67 04 21.05
60% & Above but below 70% 02 16.67 04 21.05
55% & Above but below 60% 01 8.33 05 26.32
50% & Above but below 55% 02 16.67 04 21.05
35% & Above but below 50% 01 8.33 01 5.26
Below 35% 01 8.33 -- --
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 91.67 100
24
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: APRIL - 2016 [B.S.W]
Particulars II Semester
April. 2016
%
IVSemester
April. 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 11 06 No. of Students Passed 08 72.72 06 100
No. of Students Failed 03 27.27 -- No. of Students Absent
-- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Semester
April. 2016
%
IVSemester
April. 2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- -- 80% & Above but below 90% 01 9.09 01 16.67
70% & Above but below 80% 02 18.18 01 16.67
60% & Above but below 70% 02 18.18 -- --
55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --
50% & Above but below 55% 01 9.09 01 16.67
35% & Above but below 50% 02 18.18 03 50
Below 35% 03 27.27 -- --
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 72.73 100
TOP SCORERS in HINDI LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch
Aggregate of all Semesters
Reg. No Name of the Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of
400)
% Grade Ranking
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A. degree
students
131370204 DELIA DOMINIC DIAS 363 90.75 O FIRST FIRST
131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI NAYAK 349 87.25 A++ SECOND THIRD
131370205 DELLA JOSEPH
NORONHA 341 85.25 A++ THIRD EIGHTH
25
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (c) /SSW/AC/10/16
c. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Kannada for
B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 15, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
26
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
KANNADA HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 15, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF
SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Prof. Poornima : in the Chair
2. Dr.Prakash chandra : Member- (University Representative)
3. Dr.Meenakshi.R : Member – (Subject Expert)
4. Dr. Nagaveni.M : Member – (Subject Expert)
5. Sri Vijaya Kumar : Member(Industry Representative)
6. Mrs. Jnaneshwari : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [2015] & II-IV-VI [2016] Semester
Question Papers and results
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART - III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in
the results are found to be satisfactory.
27
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Prof. Poornima : ……………………Sd/-………………….
2. Dr.Prakash chandra : ……………………Sd/-…………………..
3. Dr.Meenakshi.R : ……………………Sd/-………………….
4. Dr. Nagaveni.M : ……………………Sd/-………………….
5. Sri Vijaya Kumar : ……………………Sd/-………………….
6. Mrs. Gnaneshwari : …………………….Sd/- ………………….
Sd/-
Prof. Poornima
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Kannada
28
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE : OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 14 16
No. of Students Passed 12 85.71 16 100
No. of Students Failed 01 7.14 -- No. of Students Absent 01 7.14 --
No. of Students
Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above 01 7.14 -- 80% & Above but below 90% 02 14.28 02 12.50
70% & Above but below 80% 05 35.71 01 6.25
60% & Above but below 70% 02 14.28 07 43.75
55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 02 12.50
50% & Above but below 55% 01 7.14 02 12.50
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- 02 12.50
Below 35% 01 7.14 -- --
Absent 01 7.14 -- --
Pass Percentage 85.71 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 02
No. Students Passed 01 50
No. of Students Failed
29
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W.]
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 09 15
No. of Students Passed 09 100 15 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Semester
Oct. 2015
% III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 02 22.22 02 13.33
70% & Above but below 80% 03 33.33 02 13.33
60% & Above but below 70% 02 22.22 06 40
55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% 01 11.11 05 33.34
Below 35% -- -- -- --
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
III
Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01
No. Students Passed 01 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
30
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]
Particulars
II Semester
April 2016
% IV Semester
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 12 15
No. of Students Passed 12 100 15 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued 02 --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
II Semester
April 2016
% IV Semester
April 2016
%
90% & Above 01 8.33 --
80% & Above but below 90% 03 25 03 20
70% & Above but below 80% 02 16.67 07 46.67
60% & Above but below 70% 03 25 02 13.33
55% & Above but below 60% -- -- 01 6.67
50% & Above but below 55% 02 16.67 02 13.33
35% & Above but below 50% 01 8.33 --
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
31
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W.]
Particulars
II Semester
April 2016
% IV Semester
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 09 14
No. of Students Passed 09 100 14 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
II Semester
April 2016
% IV Semester
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- 01 7.14
80% & Above but below 90% 01 11.11 05 35.70
70% & Above but below 80% 05 55.56 02 14.28
60% & Above but below 70% 01 11.11 03 21.43
55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 02 14.28
50% & Above but below 55% -- --
35% & Above but below 50% 01 11.11 01 7.14
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100
TOP SCORERS in KANNADA LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch
Aggregate of all Semesters
Reg. No Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of 400)
% Grade Ranking
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
degree
students
131370406 SWATHI 361 90.25 O FIRST SECOND
131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 331 82.75 A++ SECOND SEVENTH
131370212 CHARUDA K. SAJU 312 78.00 A+ THIRD --
32
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA OPTIONAL: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars
V Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 08
No. of Students Passed 08 100
No. of Students Failed -- No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students
Discontinued --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
V Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- 80% & Above but below 90% 04 50
70% & Above but below 80% 03 37.50
60% & Above but below 70% 01 12.50
55% & Above but below 60% --
50% & Above but below 55% --
35% & Above but below 50% --
Below 35% --
Absent --
Pass Percentage 100
33
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA OPTIONAL: APRIL – 2016
Particulars
VI Semester
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 08
No. of Students Passed 08 100
No. of Students Failed -- No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students
Discontinued --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
VI Semester
April 2016
%
90% & Above 01 12.50
80% & Above but below 90% -- --
70% & Above but below 80% 04 50
60% & Above but below 70% 02 25
55% & Above but below 60% 01 12.50
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- 35% & Above but below 50% -- -- Below 35% -- - Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100
TOP SCORERS in B.A Kannada (Optional): 2013 – 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all Semesters]
Reg. No.
Name of the
Candidate
Marks
obtained
(Out of 1200)
%
GRADE
Ranking
Overall
Ranking
Among BA
Students
131370406 SWATHI 1047 87.25 A++ FIRST SECOND
131370408 VITA D SOUZA 886 73.83 A+ SECOND --
131370404 GEETHA 874 72.83 A+ THIRD --
34
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (d) /SSW/AC/10/16
d. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in French for
B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Monday, July 11, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. is
placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
35
PART - I:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
FRENCH HELD ON JULY 11, 2016 AT 10:00 AM AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL
WORK, ROSHINI NILAYA, MANGALURU 575 002
MEMBERS:
1. Ms. Sunita Menezes : In the Chair
2. Ms. Samina Nayak : Member (Subject expert)
3. Mr. Ronald D‟Souza : Member (University nominee)
4. Ms. Ratna Pinto : Member (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA
i. Preparation of panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017
examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct. 2015] & II-IV [Apr. 2016]
Semester Question Papers and Results.
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART - II:
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board hereby approves and
recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and
forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of social work, Roshini Nilaya, in the
prescribed format.
PART III:
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous semester i.e. 4 Semester Apr/May
2016 Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in
the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
36
PART - IV:
Revision/Modification of Syllabus – Not Applicable.
PART - V:
Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable.
The meeting concluded with the chairperson proposing a Vote of Thanks.
NAME SIGNATURE
a. Mrs.Sunita Menezes :…………Sd/-………….
b. Mrs.SaminaNayak :………… Sd/-………….
c. Mrs.Ratna Pinto :………… Sd/-………….
d. Mr. Ronald D‟Souza :…………Sd/-……….
Sd/-
MRS. SUNITA MENEZES
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in French
37
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 05
No. of Students Passed 05 100
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above 01 20
80% & Above but below 90% 02 40
70% & Above but below 80% -- --
60% & Above but below 70% 01 20
55% & Above but below 60% -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- --
35% & Above but below 50% 01 20
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage
100
38
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W]
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 02
No. of Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 50
70% & Above but below 80% -- --
60% & Above but below 70% -- --
55% & Above but below 60% -- --
50% & Above but below 55% 01 50
35% & Above but below 50% -- --
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage
100
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
I Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01
No. Students Passed 01 100
No. of Students Failed
39
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 05
No. of Students Passed 04 80
No. of Students Failed 01
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students
Discontinued
--
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 20
70% & Above but below 80% 02 40
60% & Above but below 70% 01 20
55% & Above but below 60% --
50% & Above but below 55% --
35% & Above but below 50% --
Below 35% 01 20
Absent --
Pass Percentage
80.00
40
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W]
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 02
No. of Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students
Discontinued
--
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 50
70% & Above but below 80% -- --
60% & Above but below 70% 01 50
55% & Above but below 60% -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- --
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage
80.00
41
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (e) /SSW/AC/10/16
e. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Computer
Applications for the B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday July 22, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
42
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 22, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Asst. Prof. Annie Monica : in the Chair
2. Dr. Veerabhadrappa : Member
3. Assoc. Prof. Asha. M : Member
4. Assoc. Prof. Jayabharathi : Member (University Representative)
5. Mr. Jagadisha M : Member - (Industry Representative)
6. Mr. Shailesh Shetty : Member - (Meritorious Alumnus)
AGENDA:
The following Agenda was discussed by the Board:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 –17 examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-V [Oct. 2015] & II-VI [Apr. 2016] Semester
Question Papers and Results.
iii. Any other matter-
The Chairperson welcomed the honorable members and conducted the meeting as per
the agenda.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-V
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected
in the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
43
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Ms. Annie Monica : …..…….-Sd/-..……….…...
2. Dr. Veerabhadrappa : …..…….-Sd/-..……….…...
3. Ms. Asha. M : ………...AB.. .……….
4. Ms. Jayabharathi : …..…….Sd/-..………...
5. Mr. Jagadish M. : …………AB..…….…..
6. Mr. Shailesh Shetty : …………AB... .……….
Sd/-
Ms. ANNIE MONICA
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Computer Applications
.
44
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS COPUTER APPLICATIONS: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars
III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 6
No. of Students Passed 6 100
No. of Students Failed -- No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars
III Semester
Oct. 2015
%
90% & Above -- 80% & Above but below 90% 01 16.67
70% & Above but below 80% -- --
60% & Above but below 70% -- --
55% & Above but below 60% 02 33.33
50% & Above but below 55% 02 33.33
35% & Above but below 50% 01 16.67
Below 35% -- --
Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100 --
45
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS COMPUTER APPLICATIONS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars
IV Semester
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 6
No. of Students Passed 6 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars
IV Semester
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- --
80% & Above but below 90% -- -- 70% & Above but below 80% 1 16.66
60% & Above but below 70% -- --
55% & Above but below 60% 1 16.67
50% & Above but below 55% 1 16.67
35% & Above but below 50% 3 50
Below 35% -- -- Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01
No. Students Passed -- --
No. of Students Failed 01
46
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (f) /SSW/AC/10/16
f. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Criminology for
the B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 15, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
47
PART – I:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN U.G.
CRIMINOLOGY HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 15, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY, SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI
NILAYA, MANGALURU – 575 002.
MEMBERS:
1. Mrs. Saritha D‟Souza - in the Chair
2. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty - Member (University Nominee)
3. Dr. Geethalakshmi - Member (Allied Area)
4. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteiro - Meber (Subject Expert)
5. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro - Member (Subject Expert)
6. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai - Member (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners for academic year 2016-2017
examination.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V (October 2015) & II-IV-VI
(April 2016) Semester Question Papers and results.
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the
Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners for the academic year 2016-2017 was placed before the Board.
After the discussion, the final list of Panel of Examiners has been approved by the Board
and recommended for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
48
PART- III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd and Even semester (i.e. I-III-V
Semester October 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016) Question papers. The Board
pertaining to the performance of the students in the semester examinations as reflected in
the results is found to be satisfactory. (See Annexure: 1.)
PART- IV: Any other matter with the permission of chairperson
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty :-------------Sd/- --------------
2. Dr. Geethalakshmi P. :-------------Sd/- --------------
3. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteiro :-------------Sd/- --------------
4. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro :-------------Sd/- --------------
5. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai :-------------Sd/- --------------
Sd /-
SARITHA D‟SOUZA
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Criminology
49
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS CRIMINOLOGY: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
% V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 21 24 31
No. of Students Passed 19 90.48 23 95.83 29 93.55
No. of Students Failed -- 01 4.17 02 6.45
No. of Students Absent 02 9.52 -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
-- -- --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct.
2015
% III Sem.
Oct.
2015
% V Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 4.76 01 4.17 03 9.68
70% & Above but below 80% marks 03 14.29 07 29.17 06 19.35
60% & Above but below 70% marks 06 28.57 02 8.33 12 38.71
55% & Above but below 60% marks 03 14.29 02 8.33 05 16.13
50% & Above but below 55% marks 04 19.05 08 33.33 01 3.22
35% & Above but below 50% marks 02 9.52 03 12.50 02 6.45
Below 35% -- -- 01 4.16 02 6.45
Absent 02 9.52 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 90.48 95.83 93.55
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 04
No. Students Passed 01 25
No. of Students Failed 03 75
50
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS CRIINOLOGY: APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 19 24 31
No. of Students Passed 16 84.21 22 91.67 28 90.32
No. of Students Failed 03 14.28 02 8.33 03 9.68
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
02 -- --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2015
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 03 15.78 02 8.33 03 9.68
70% & Above but below 80% marks 07 36.84 05 20.83 10 32.26
60% & Above but below 70% marks 02 10.53 09 37.50 10 32.26
55% & Above but below 60% marks 02 10.53 03 12.50 04 12.90
50% & Above but below 55% marks 01 5.27 02 8.33 01 3.22
35% & Above but below 50% marks 01 5.27 01 4.17 -- --
Below 35% 03 15.78 02 8.33 03 9.68
Absent -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 84.21 91.67 90.32
51
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 02
No. Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed --
TOP SCORES IN CRIMINOLOGY: 2013-2016 BATCH
(Aggregate of all Six Semesters)
Register
No.
Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of
1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among
Criminology
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Degree
Students
131370204 Delia Dominic
Dias
1068 89.00 A++ FIRST FIRST
131370113 Sujir Pallavi Nayak 998 83.16 A++ SECOND THIRD
131370205 Della Joseph
Noronha
985 82.08 A+ THIRD EIGHTH
52
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (g) /SSW/AC/10/16
g. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Economics for the
B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Tuesday, July 19, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
53
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
ECONOMICS HELD ON TUESDAY, JULY 19, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Ms Cecilia F. Goveas : in the Chair
2. Prof. T. Krishnamurthy : Member - (University Representative)
3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : Member - (Subject Expert)
4. Dr Radakrishna Shetty : Member - (Subject Expert)
5. Mr Harish Shenoy : Member - (Allied Sector)
6. Ms Nayana : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i.Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2015]
& II-IV-VI [2016].
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr.2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2015] and II-IV-VI [2016]
Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
54
PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable.
PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable.
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Ms Cecilia F Goveas : ……………………Sd/-………………….
2. Prof. T. Krishnamurthy : ……………………Sd/-………………….
3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : ……………………Sd/-………………….
4. Dr Radhakrishna Shetty : ……………………AB…………………
5. Mr harish Shenoy :…………………… Sd/-………………
6. Ms Nayana : ……………………Sd/-……………
Sd/-
Ms CECILIA F. GOVEAS
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Economics
55
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS ECONOMICS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
% V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 21 14 18
No. of Students Passed 20 95.24 13 92.86 18 100
No. of Students Failed -- 01 7.14 --
No. of Students Absent 01 4.76 -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
-- -- --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
III Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
V Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 02 9.52 -- 06 33.33
70% & Above but below 80% marks 05 23.81 04 28.57 06 33.33
60% & Above but below 70% marks 06 28.57 02 14.28 03 16.67
55% & Above but below 60% marks 03 14.28 01 7.14 02 11.11
50% & Above but below 55% marks 01 4.76 01 7.14 -- --
35% & Above but below 50% marks 03 14.28 05 35.71 01 5.55
Below 35% -- -- 01 7.14 -- --
Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 95.24 92.86 100
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 01
No. Students Passed -- --
No. of Students Failed 01
56
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS ECONOMICS: APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 19 13 18
No. of Students Passed 19 100 13 100 18 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- --
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
02 01 --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2015
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks 01 5.26 -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 05 26.31 02 15.38 01 5.55
70% & Above but below 80% marks 06 31.58 02 15.38 03 16.67
60% & Above but below 70% marks 05 26.31 02 15.38 05 27.78
55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 5.26 02 15.38 01 5.55
50% & Above but below 55% marks 01 5.26 01 7.69 05 27.78
35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 04 30.77 03 16.67
Below 35% -- -- -- -- --
Absent -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100 100
57
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 02
No. Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed -- --
TOP SCORES IN ECONOMICS: 2013-2016 BATCH
(Aggregate of all Six Semesters)
Register No.
Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of
1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among
Criminology
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Degree
Students
131370310 Deekshitha S.
983 81.92 A++ FIRST SEVENTH
131370306 Harshitha 926 77.17 A+ SECOND NINTH
131370311 Divya 904 75.33 A+ THIRD --
58
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (h) /SSW/AC/10/16
h. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Psychology for the
B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 27, 2016 is placed
before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
59
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
PSYCHOLOGY HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10:00 A.M. AT
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 2
MEMBERS:
1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo : in the Chair
2. Prof. Vani Ballal : Member - (University Representative)
3. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S : Member - (Subject Expert)
4. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : Member - (Subject Expert)
5. Mr. Mahesh B. S : Member - (Allied area- Representative)
6. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 Examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016] Semester
Question Papers and results.
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART - III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in
the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
60
PART – IV: Not Applicable
PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo :…..………..Sd/-………………
2. Prof. Vani Ballal :……………Sd/-…………..….
3. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S :……………Sd/-………………
4. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : …………..Sd/-………………
5. Mr. Mahesh B. S :…………ABSENT…………..
6. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal :…………….Sd/-……………
Sd/-
SANDRA S. LOBO
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Psychology
61
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS PSYCHOLOGY: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
% V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 21 30 31
No. of Students Passed 18 85.71 28 93.33 26 83.87
No. of Students Failed 02 9.52 02 6.67 05 16.13
No. of Students Absent 01 4.76 -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
-- -- --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90%
marks
-- -- 03 10 03 9.67
70% & Above but below 80%
marks
03 14.28 06 20 04 12.90
60% & Above but below 70%
marks
02 9.52 05 16.67 06 19.35
55% & Above but below 60%
marks
04 19.05 03 10 04 12.90
50% & Above but below 55%
marks
03 14.28 05 16.67 05 16.13
35% & Above but below 50%
marks
06 14.29 06 20 04 12.90
Below 35% 02 9.52 02 6.67 05 16.13
Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 85.71 93.33 83.87
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.
2015
% III Sem.
Oct.
2015
% V Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
No. of Student appeared 11 09 03
No. Students Passed 03 27.28 04 44.45 01 33.33
No. of Students Failed 04 36.36 02 22.22 01 33.33
No. of Students Absent 04 36.36 03 33.33 01 33.34
62
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS PSYCHOLOGY: APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 19 30 31
No. of Students Passed 18 94.74 27 90 28 90.32
No. of Students Failed 01 5.26 03 10 03 9.68
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued
02 -- --
B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2015
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 5.26 02 6.67 02 6.45
70% & Above but below 80% marks 04 21.05 07 23.33 07 22.58
60% & Above but below 70% marks 02 10.52 04 13.33 07 22.58
55% & Above but below 60% marks 02 10.52 05 16.67 07 22.58
50% & Above but below 55% marks 04 21.05 02 6.67 03 9.68
35% & Above but below 50% marks 05 26.31 07 23.33 02 6.45
Below 35% 01 5.26 03 10 03 9.98
Absent -- -- -- -- - --
Pass Percentage 94.74 90 90.32
63
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April
2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April
2016
%
No. of Student
Appeared
04 01 01
No. Students Passed 02 50 -- 01 100
No. of Students
Failed
-- -- --
No. of Students
Absent
02 50 01
TOP SCORES IN PSYCHOLOGY: 2013-2016 BATCH
(Aggregate of all Six Semesters)
Register No.
Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of
1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among
Criminology
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Degree
Students
131370204 DELIA DOMINIC
DIAS 1025 85.42 A++ First FIRST
131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI
NAYAK 1017 84.75 A++ Second THIRD
131370104 ATHENA MARIA
ARANHA 991 82.58 A++ Third FOURTH
64
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (i) /SSW/AC/10/16
i. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Rural Development
for the B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 29, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
65
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN RURAL
DEVELOPMENT HELD ON JULY 29, 2016 AT 2.30 PM AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL
WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2
MEMBERS:
1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair
2. Dr. Sripathi Kalluraya : Member (Subject Expert)
3. Ms. Colin D‟Souza : Member (Subject Expert)
4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : Member (Subject Expert)
5. Mrs. Vineetha K : Meritorious Alumna
6. Prof. Ramaraya Acharya : University Nominee
7. Mr. Chethan Mendonca : Industry Representative
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017 examinations
ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question papers and Results of I-III-V [2015] &
II-IV-VI [2016]
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and
recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and
forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in prescribed
format.
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semesters (i.e. I –III-V
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016) Question Papers pertaining to the Board
and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results
are found to be satisfactory.
(See Annexure: I)
66
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME SIGNATURE
1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : .....................Sd/............................................
2. Dr. Sripathi Kalluraya : .....................Sd/......................................
3. Ms. Colin D‟Souza : .....................Sd/......................................
4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : .....................Sd/......................................
5. Mrs. Vineetha K : .....................Sd/......................................
6. Prof. Ramaraya Acharya : .....................Sd/......................................
7. Mr. Chethan Mendonca : .....................Sd/......................................
Sd/-
Mrs. Anuradha Shetty
Chairperson
Board of Studies in Rural Development
67
ANNEXURE: I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS RURAL DEVELOPENT: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 08 -- 07 -- 25 --
No. of Students Passed 07 87.50 06 85.71 24 96
No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 -- 01 04
No. of Students Absent 01 12.5 -- -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- -- -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- 01 04
80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- 01 14.29 02 08
70% & Above but below 80% marks 01 12.50 02 28.57 03 12
60% & Above but below 70% marks 02 25 02 28.57 09 36
55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 12.50 -- -- 01 04
50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 25 -- -- 01 04
35% & Above but below 50% marks 01 12.50 01 14.29 07 28
Below 35% -- 01 14.29 01 04
Absent 01 12.50 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 87.50 85.71 96.00 --
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 03
No. Students Passed 01 33.34
No. of Students Failed 01 33.33
No. of Students Absent 01 33.33
68
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS RURAL DEVELOPMENT: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 07 -- 07 -- 25 --
No. of Students Passed 07 100 06 85.71 24 96
No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 14.29 01 04
No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued 01 -- -- -- -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- -- -- 03 12
70% & Above but below 80% marks 01 14.29 05 71.43 06 24
60% & Above but below 70% marks 02 28.57 01 14.29 06 24
55% & Above but below 60% marks 03 42.86 -- -- 03 12
50% & Above but below 55% marks -- -- -- -- 05 20
35% & Above but below 50% marks 01 14.29 -- -- 01 04
Below 35% -- 01 14.28 01 04
Absent -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 85.71 96.00
69
TOP SCORERS IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT: 2013 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]
Register No. Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of 1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among Rural
Development
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Degree
Students
131370204 DELIA
DOMINIC DIAS 1039 86.58
A++ FIRST
FIRST
131370406 SWATHI 967 80.58 A++ SECOND SECOND
131370210 SUSHMITA S.S. 955 79.58 A+ THIRD
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April
2016
%
IV Sem.
April
2016
%
No. of Student appeared 01 03
No. Students Passed -- 01 33.34
No. of Students Failed -- 01 33.33
No. of Students Absent 01 01 33.33
70
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (j) /SSW/AC/10/16
j. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Secretarial
Practice for the B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Thursday, July 20, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
71
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
SECRETARIAL PRACTICE HELD ON THURSDAY, JULY 20, 2016 AT 3.30
P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : in the Chair
2. Ms. Annie Monica : Member
3. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : Member - (University Representative)
4. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : Member – (Subject Expert)
5. Mr. Gerard Colaco : Member - (Industry Representative)
6. Ms. Chitra Phalgluni : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017
examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016]
Semester Question Papers and results.
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
Ms. Chitra Phalguni has expressed her inability to attend the BOS Meeting owing to
personal reasons. The Board hereby records and grants her leave of absence.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART - III
The Board expressed satisfaction over the previous semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester
Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the Board.
The performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results
is found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
72
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : ……………………Sd/-………………….
2. Ms. Annie Monica : ……………………Sd/-………………….
3. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : ……………………Sd/-………………….
4. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : ……………….........Sd/-………………….
5. Mr. Gerard Colaco : ……………………Sd/-………………….
6. Ms. Chitra Phalguni : ………………ABSENT………………….
Sd/-
DR. LAXMINARAYANA BHAT P.
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Secretarial Practice
73
ANNEXURE: I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: OCTOBER –
2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 21 - 14 - 18
No. of Students Passed 18 85.71 12 85.71 18 100
No. of Students Failed 02 9.52 02 14.29 -- --
No. of Students Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued --
-- --
-- --
--
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90%
marks --
-- 01
7.14 02
11.11
70% & Above but below 80% marks 04 19.04 03 21.42 02 11.11
60% & Above but below 70% marks 11 52.38 04 28.57 05 27.78
55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 4.76 01 7.14 04 22.22
50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 9.52 -- -- 02 11.11
35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 03 21.43 03 16.67
Below 35% 02 9.52 02 14.28 -- --
Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 85.71 85.71 100
REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.
2015
% III Sem.
Oct.
2015
% VSem.
Oct.
2015
No. of Student appeared 02 01 01
No. Students Passed 01 50 -- -- 01 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 -- --
No. of Students Absent 01 -- -- --
74
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
% IV Sem.
April
2016
% VI Sem.
April
2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 19 13 18
No. of Students Passed 18 94.74 13 100 18 100
No. of Students Failed 01 -- --
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
% IV Sem.
April
2016
% VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks 01 5.26 -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 03 15.79 02 15.38 01 5.55
70% & Above but below 80% marks 08 42.10 07 53.85 03 16.67
60% & Above but below 70% marks 04 21.05 01 7.69 06 33.33
55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 5.26 01 7.69 04 22.22
50% & Above but below 55% marks 01 5.26 -- -- 03 16.67
35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 02 15.38 01 5.55
Below 35% 01 5.26 -- --
Absent -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 94.74 100 100
TOP SCORERS IN SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: 2013 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]
Register No. Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of 1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among
Secretarial
Practice
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among B.A.
Degree
Students
131370306 HARSHITHA 1002 83.50 A++ FIRST NINTH
131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 951 79.25 A+ SECOND SEVENTH
131370315
GRENITA
REENA
REBELLO
902 75.17
A+
THIRD
75
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (k) /SSW/AC/10/16
k. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Sociology for the
B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday 27, July 2016 is placed
before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
76
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
SOCIOLOGY HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
1. Ms Joan Rita O‟Brien : in the Chair
2. Ms Shirly Rani K : Member - (University Representative)
3. Dr Vinay Rajath : Member - (Subject Expert)
4. Ms Reebu Samuel : Member - (Subject Expert)
5. Dr Vazeer Ahmed : Member - (Allied Sector)
6. Ms Sheelavathi : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii.Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2015]
& II-IV-VI [2016].
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr.2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2015] and II-IV-VI [2016]
Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
77
PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable.
PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable.
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Ms. Joan Rita O‟Brien : ……………………Sd/-………………….
2. Ms. Shirly Rani K : ……………………Sd/-………………….
3. Dr. Vinay Rajath : ……………………Sd/-………………….
4. Ms. Reebu Samuel : …………………… Sd/-………………….
5. Dr. Vazeer Ahmed : ……………………Sd/-………………….
6. Ms. Sheelavathi : ……………………Sd/-……………
Sd/-
Ms JOAN RITA O‟Brien
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Sociology
78
ANNEXURE: I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SOCIOLOGY: OCTOBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 21 14 26
No. of Students Passed 20 95.24 14 100 25 96.15
No. of Students Failed -- -- -- -- 1 3.85
No. of Students Absent 1 -- -- -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued --
-- --
-- --
--
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- 01 3.84
80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- 03 21.43 04 15.38
70% & Above but below 80% marks 03 14.28 02 14.28 09 34.61
60% & Above but below 70% marks 05 23.81 04 28.57 07 26.92
55% & Above but below 60% marks 05 23.81 -- -- 01 3.84
50% & Above but below 55% marks 03 14.28 -- -- 02 7.69
35% & Above but below 50% marks 04 19.05 05 35.71 01 3.84
Below 35% -- -- -- -- 01 3.84
Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 95.24 100 96.15
79
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SOCIOLOGY: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 19 13 26
No. of Students Passed 19 100 13 100 26 100
No. of Students Failed -- -- --
No. of Students Absent -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued 02 01 --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
% IV Sem.
April
2016
% VI Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- -- 01 6.25
80% & Above but below 90% marks 06 31.58 05 38.46 04 15.38
70% & Above but below 80% marks 05 26.31 04 30.76 09 34.61
60% & Above but below 70% marks 07 36.84 02 15.38 07 26.92
55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 5.26 -- -- 05 19.23
50% & Above but below 55% marks -- -- 01 7.69 -- --
35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 01 7.69 -- --
Below 35% -- -- -- -- -- --
Absent -- -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 100 100
TOP SCORERS IN SOCIOLOGY: 2013 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]
Register
No.
Name of the
Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(Out of
1200)
%
Grade
Ranking
Among
Secretarial
Practice
Students
Overall
Ranking
Among
B.A.
Degree
Students
131370306 HARSHITHA 1002 83.50 A++ FIRST NINTH
131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 951 79.25 A+ SECOND SEVENTH
131370315
GRENITA
REENA
REBELLO
902 75.17
A+
THIRD
80
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (l) /SSW/AC/10/16
l. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Foundation Course
for the B.A. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday July 23, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
81
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
FOUNDATION COURSE HELD ON SATURDAY JULY 23, 2016 AT 11.00 AM
AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2
MEMBERS:
8. Dr. Joyce Sabina Lobo : in the Chair
9. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : Member
10. Mrs. Vineetha K : Member
11. Sri. Tharanath : University Nominee
12. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : Subject Expert
13. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : Subject Expert
14. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‟Souza : Subject Expert
15. Dr. Anusuya Devi : Subject Expert
16. Sri. Abdul Saleem : Representative of Industry
17. Shri Chitharanjan Das : Meritorious Alumna
AGENDA:
iv. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017 examinations
v. Assessment and review of I-III (Oct. 2015) & II-IV (April 2016) Semester
Question Papers and Results.
vi. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
prescribed format.
82
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester (i.e. I –III
Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester April 2016) Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected
in the results are found to be satisfactory.
(See Annexure: I)
PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME SIGNATURE
8. Dr. Joyce Sabina Lobo :............................ Sd/-.................................
9. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...........................Sd/-..................................
10. Mrs. Vineetha K : ...........................Sd/-..................................
11. Sri. Tharanath : ...........................Sd/-..................................
12. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : ...........................Sd/-..................................
13. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : ............................Sd/-................................
14. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‟Souza : ............................Sd/-.................................
15. Dr. Anusuya Devi : ............................Sd/-.................................
16. Sri. Abdul Saleem : ............................ Sd/-................................
17. Sri. Chitharanjan Das : .............................Sd/-................................
Sd/-
DR. JOYCE SABINA LOBO
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Foundation Course
83
ANNEXURE: I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: OCTOBER – 2015
[B.A]
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 42 44
No. of Students Passed 38 90.48 43 97.73
No. of Students Failed 02 4.76 01 2.27
No. of Students Absent 02 -- -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued -- -- -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & above marks -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- -- --
70% & Above but below 80% marks 05 11.90 07 15.91
60% & Above but below 70% marks 07 16.67 13 29.54
55% & Above but below 60% marks 07 16.67 10 22.73
50% & Above but below 55% marks 08 19.05 06 13.64
35% & Above but below 50% marks 11 26.19 07 15.91
Below 35% 02 11.90 01 2.27
Absent 02 11.90 -- --
Pass Percentage 90.48 97.73
84
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: OCTOBER – 2015
[B.S.W.]
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 25
No. of Students Passed 18 72
No. of Students Failed 07 28
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students
Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
90% & above marks -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 04
70% & Above but below 80% marks 01 04
60% & Above but below 70% marks 04 16
55% & Above but below 60% marks 03 13
50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 08
35% & Above but below 50% marks 07 28
Below 35% 07 28
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 72.00
85
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 38 43 No. of Students Passed 36 94.74 39 90.70
No. of Students Failed 02 5.26 -- --
No. of Students Absent -- -- 04 9.30
No. of Students Discontinued 04 01
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
% IV Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- 10 23.26
80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 2.63 17 39.53
70% & Above but below 80% marks 07 18.42 09 20.93
60% & Above but below 70% marks 14 36.84 01 2.32
55% & Above but below 60% marks 10 26.32 -- --
50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 5.26 -- --
35% & Above but below 50% marks 02 5.26 02 4.65
Below 35% 02 5.26 -- --
Absent -- -- 04 9.30
Pass Percentage 94.74 90.70
86
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W.]
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 25
No. of Students Passed 21 84
No. of Students Failed 04 16
No. of Students Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April
2016
%
90% & above marks -- --
80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 4
70% & Above but below 80% marks 03 12
60% & Above but below 70% marks 07 28
55% & Above but below 60% marks 03 12
50% & Above but below 55% marks 04 16
35% & Above but below 50% marks 03 12
Below 35% 04 16
Absent -- --
Pass Percentage 84
87
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (m) /SSW/AC/10/16
m. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Social Work
(UG) for the B.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 20, 2016 is placed
before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
88
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
SOCIAL WORK HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 20, 2016AT 3.45 P.M.
ATSCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE
MEMBERS:
1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : in the Chair
2. Ms. Vineetha K : Member
3. Dr. Loveena Lobo : Member – (University Representative)
4. Dr. Lena Ashok : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)
5. Mr. Krishnamoorthy : Member (Subject Expert)
6. Ms. Mariella D‟Souza : Member (Subject Expert)
7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao : Member - (Industry Representative)
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.
ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] &II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016]
Semester Question Papers and results.
iii. Any other matter.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V
Semester Oct. 2015& II-IV-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the
Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in
the results are found to be satisfactory.
[See Annexure: I]
PART - III
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately
and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in
the prescribed format.
PART –IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable
89
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME: SIGNATURE:
1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo :………………Sd/- …..………………….....
2.Ms. Vineetha K :………………Sd/- …..………………….....
3.Dr. Loveena Lobo :………………Sd/……..………………….....
4.Dr. Lena Ashok :………………Sd/-…..………………….....
5.Mr. Krishnamoorthy :………………Sd/-……..……………….....
6.Ms. Mariella D‟Souza :………………Sd/….………………….....
7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao :………………Sd/-..………………….....
Sd/-
JOSELYN T LOBO
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Social Work: UG
90
ANNEXURE - I
B.S.W. OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
III Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
V Sem.
Oct. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 25 31 29
No. of Students Passed 18 72 25 80.64 28 96.55
No. of Students Failed 07 28 06 24 01 3.45
No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- -- -- --
B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : OCTOBER -2015
Particulars I Sem.
Oct. 2015
% III Sem.
Oct. 2015
% V Sem. Oct.
2015
%
90% & Above -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 04 02 6.45 -- --
70% & Above but below 80% 01 04 04 12.90 07 24.14
60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 10 32.25 13 44.82
55% & Above but below 60% 04 16 05 16.12 03 10.34
50% & above but below 55% 03 25 04 12.90 01 3.44
35% & Above but below 50% 01 04 -- -- 04 13.79
Below 35% 07 28 06 19.35 01 3.44
Absent -- -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 72 80.65 96.55
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015
I Sem.
Oct.
2015
% III Sem.
Oct.
2015
%
No. of Student appeared 24 04
No. Students Passed 11 45.83 03 75
No. of Students Failed 13 54.16 -- --
No. of Students Absent -- 01 25
91
B.S.W. OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
VI Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 25 29 29
No. of Students Passed 19 76 24 82.75 29 100
No. of students Failed 06 24 05 17.25 -- --
No. of students absent -- -- -- -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- 02 --
B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS :APRIL - 2016
Particulars II Sem.
April 2016
% IV Sem.
April 2016
% VI Sem.
April 2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 04 03 10.34 02 6.89
70% & Above but below 80% 07 28 08 27.58 13 44.83
60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 07 24.13 08 27.58
55% & Above but below 60% 02 08 03 10.34 03 10.34
50% & above but below 55% 01 04 03 10.34 01 3.45
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- -- 02 6.89
Below 35% 06 24 05 17.24 -- --
Absent -- -- -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 76 82.76 100
92
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016
II Sem.
April 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 08
No. Students Passed 06 75
No. of Students Failed 01 12.50
No. of Students Absent 01 12.50
TOP SCORERS IN B.S.W. DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2013 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]
Reg. No. Name of the
Candidate
Marks obtained
[out of 5000]
% Grade Ranking
131370501 ASHILA
YIMCHUNGER 4085 81.70
A++ FIRST
131370517 JACINTHA MARY 3935 78.70 A+
SECOND
131370504 S. LINE VUDU
PAO 3868 77.36
A+ THIRD
93
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (n) /SSW/AC/10/16
n. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Social Work
(PG) for the M.S.W. Degree Programme.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, August 13, 2016 is placed
before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
94
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN
SOCIAL WORK (P G )HELD ON SATURDAY , AUGUST 13, 2016 AT 10.00
A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK,ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU
575 002
MEMBERS:
1 Dr.Rameela Shekhar : In the Chair
2 Dr Meena Monteiro : Member
3 Dr Sebastine K V : Member
4 Dr Jenis Mary : Member
5 Ms Eveleen Benis : Member
6 Dr P Usha Rao : University Nominee
7 Dr Paul G Aquinas : Subject Expert
8 Mr P P Shetty : Industry Representative
9 Mr Mahesh : Allied Field
10 Sr Anna Maria : Meritorious Alumna
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 -2017 Examinations
ii. Assessment and Review of I-III [Nov.2015] & II-IV [May 2016] Semester
Question Paper and Results.
iii. Approval of the Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus (2016-2018)
iv. Any other Matter
The Chairperson welcomed the Honourable Members.
The Chairperson Tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board, which the Board hereby
approves and recommends for adoption .As required the Panel of Examiners is drawn
separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni
Nilaya, in the prescribed format.
95
PART – III
The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd and Even Semester [i.e. I-III
Semester Nov.2015 & II-IV Semester May 2016] Question Papers and the
performance of the students in the Semester Examination as reflected in the result are
found to be satisfactory.
PART- IV
The Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus (2016-2018) was placed before the Board.
The Board after a detailed discussion hereby accords approval for adoption of the
same. Hence the Resolution.
RESOLVED that the Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus for MSW approved
and recommended by the Board be and is hereby adopted for implementation
with effect from 2016-17.
The Meeting concluded with Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME SIGNATURE:
1 Dr.Rameela Shekhar : --------------Sd/------------------
2 Dr. Meena Monteiro : --------------Sd/------------------
3 Dr. Sebastine K V : --------------Sd/------------------
4 Dr. Jenis Mary : --------------Sd/------------------
5 Ms. Eveleen Benis : --------------Sd/------------------
6 Dr. P Usha Rao : --------------Sd/------------------
7 Dr. Paul G Aquinas : --------------Sd/------------------
8 Mr. P P Shetty : --------------Sd/------------------
9 Mr. Mahesh : --------------Sd/------------------
10 Sr Anna Maria : --------------Sd/------------------
Sd/-
DR. RAMEELA SHEKHAR.
CHAIRPERSON
Board of Studies in Social Work (PG)
96
ANNEXURE - I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: MSW NOVEMBER - 2015
Particulars
I Sem.
Nov. 2015
% III Sem.
Nov. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 59 52
No. of Students Passed 55 93.22 49 94.24
No. of Students Failed 3 5.08 3 5.79
No. of Students Absent 1 1.69 -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
M.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : NOVEMBER - 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Nov. 2015
% III Sem.
Nov 2015
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 03 5.08 05 9.61
70% & Above but below 80% 13 22.03 32 61.53
60% & Above but below 70% 35 59.32 12 23.08
55% & Above but below 60% 03 5.08 -- --
50% & above but below 55% 01 1.69 -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --
Below 35% 03 5.08 03 5.77
Absent 01 1.69 -- --
Pass Percentage 93.22
94.24
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: November 2015
III Sem.
November 2015
%
No. of Student appeared 08
No. Students Passed 06 75
No. of Students Failed 01 12.50
No. of Students Absent 01 12.50
97
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: MSW MAY - 2016
Particulars
II Sem.
May 2016
% IV Sem.
May 2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 58 53
No. of Students Passed 57 98.27 52 98.11
No. of Students Failed 1 1.73 1 1.89
No. of Students Absent -- -- -- --
No. of Students Discontinued 1 --
MSW DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : MAY-2016
Particulars II Sem.
May 2016
% IV Sem.
May 2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 06 10.34 09 16.98
70% & Above but below 80% 31 53.45 28 52.83
60% & Above but below 70% 19 32.76 15 28.30
55% & Above but below 60% 01 1.72 -- --
50% & above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --
Below 35% 01 1.72 1 1.89
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 98.28
98.11
98
REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: May 2016
IV Sem.
May 2016
%
No. of Student appeared 02
No. Students Passed 02 100
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
TOP SCORERS IN MSW DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2014 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all four Semesters]
Reg. No.
Name of the Candidate
Marks
obtained
[out of 2500]
%
Ranking
14313718 MELORA NISHAL PAIS 1959 78.36 FIRST
14313731 CHEMBAKASSERY JINSA
JOSEPH CHINNAMMA 1950 78.00
SECOND
14313748 SALOME BENJAMIN
GONSALVES
1946 77.84 THIRD
99
MSW Syllabus for the Academic Year 2016-2018
(Batch 2016-2018)
School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore
(Autonomous)
COLLEGE WITH POTENTIAL FOR EXCELLENCE
Re-Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade – CGPA-3.42
OUR VISION
To be a Centre of Excellence in Education, developing Personal and
Professional Competencies to build a Just, Sustainable and Inclusive Society.
OUR MISSION
To Impart General and Professional Education fostering Love of Learning,
Integrity and Social Responsibility for Holistic Development.
OUR MOTTO [
“Love is made fruitful in service”
AIMS OF PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK
The Master of Social Work Education which covers theoretical courses, Social Work
practicum, skill-training laboratories, action research, extension services and other co-
curricular activities seeks to attain the following aims:
To provide quality educational experience to prepare personnel, who are socially
concerned, committed and competent to meet the social welfare, social
development and human rights promotion needs of our society.
To develop competency among the learners to apply all the major methods of
Social Work practice namely Social Case Work, Social Group Work, Community
Organization, Social Action, Social Work Research and Social Welfare
Administration in their respective fields of work.
To facilitate the process of enabling the learners to develop both personally and
professionally so that they become change agents in the society.
To promote among the learners a sense of social responsibility and commitment to
offer preferential services to the marginalised sections of society.
100
To train Professional Social Workers to plan and execute an extensive range of
social services, social welfare activities and work in commercial, industrial ,
service and training institutions.
MAJOR COMPONENTS OF MSW PROGRAMME
Theory papers and Skill Development programmes
Social Work Practicum – Concurrent, summer and winter placement as well as
Block Field Work
Research - Minor Research
Extension/Outreach activities and Fora activities
101
MSW (Choice Based Credit System)
2016-2018
School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore
Semester I
Hard core T.Hrs. Credits Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam Total
Marks
MSW 401 P-I
Foundation of
Professional Social
Work
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 411-P-II
Social Case Work
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 421 P-III
HC-11I Social Group
Work
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 431 P-IV
Skill Development in
Working with
Individuals & Groups 4 4 -
30
70
(Records)
100
MSW 441 P-V Social
Work Practicum &
Viva Voce
12
4
4
30
70
100
Soft Core
MSW 451 P-VI
Psychological
Perspectives on Human
Behaviour
4 4 3 30 70 100
Total Credits
24
600
102
Semester II
Hard core T.Hrs. Credits Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam
Total
Marks
MSW 402-P-VII
Community Organization &
Social Action
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 412 P-VIII
Skill Development in Working
with Families & Communities 4 4 - 30
70
(Records)
100
MSW 422 P-IX
Social Work Practicum &
Viva Voce
12
4
4
30
70
100
Soft Core
MSW 432.1 P-X.1 Rural,
Tribal And Urban Societies In
India/ OR
MSW 432.2 P X.2 Health And
Mental Health Issues/ OR
MSW 432.3 P X.3 Human
Resource Management
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 442.1 P – XI.1
Education For Social
Transformation/ OR
MSW 442.2 P XI.2 Positive
Psychology in Clinical Social
Work / OR
MSW 442.3 P XI.3 Labour
Laws – I
4 4 3 30 70
100
Open Elective
P - OE 2.1
Resource Management in
Human Service
Organizations
3 3 3 30 70
100
Total Credits
23
[20+3*]
600
*Non Credit Subject
103
Semester III
Hard core T.
Hrs. Credits
Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam Total
Marks
MSW 403-P-XII
Social Work Research and Statistics
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 413.1 P – XIII.1
Skill Development :Setting up
Community development organizations
MSW 413.2 P – XIII.2 Interventions
with Individuals & Families with Health
Issues
MSW 413.3 P – XIII.3 Setting up new
business and H R Dept
4 4 - 30 70
(Records)
100
MSW 423 P - XIV Social Work
Practicum & Viva Voce
12
4
4
30
70
100
Soft Core
MSW 433.1 P XV.1 Legal Literacy
For Community Development/ OR
MSW 433.2 P XV.2 Medical Social
Work/ OR
MSW 433.3 P XV.3 Principles and
Practice of Management
4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 443.1 P – XVI.1
Environment And
Sustainable Development/OR
MSW 443.2 P – XVI.2 Psychiatric
Social Work/ OR
MSW 443.3 P XVI.3 Relationship
Management and Employee
Development
4 3 30 70
100
Open Elective
OE 3.1
Disaster Management –Psycho Social
Care and Support
3 3 3 30 70 100
Total Credits
23
[20+3*]
600
*Non Credit Subject
104
Semester IV
Hard Core Total Credit = 52
Soft Core Total Credit = 28
Project = 05
Open Electives = 06*
Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non credit subject]
Hard core T.
Hrs. Credits
Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam Total
Marks
MSW 404 P - XVII
Social Welfare Administration 4 4 3 30 70
100
MSW 414 P - XVIII
Social Work Practicum
12
4 - 30
70
(Records)
100
MSW 424 P- XIX – Research
Project &
Viva Voce
8
5
4
30
--
--
70
100
100
100
100
Soft Core
MSW 434.1 P – XX.1
Livelihoods And Social
Entrepreneurship/OR
MSW 434.2 P – XX.2
Therapeutic Counselling / OR
MSW 434.3 P – XX.3 Labour
Laws - II
4
4
3
30
70
100
MSW 444 P - XXI
Organizational Development and
Behaviour
4 4 3 30 70
100
Total Credits 21
600
105
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
(Common for all semesters)
Section: „A‟
5 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions to be spread
across the entire syllabus. No choice. Each question carries 2 marks i.e.5x2=10
marks
Section: „B‟
4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire
syllabus. Each question caries 5 marks. I.e. 4x5=20 marks
Section: C
4 essay type/analytical type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be
spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. I.e.
4x10=40marks
106
SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM (M.S.W. I & II SEMESTER)
During the I M.S.W. (1st and 2nd semester) the following Objectives and Areas of
learning would be the focus of Field Work Practicum
Supervised Concurrent Field Work in an approved Field Work Agency is an integral
part of the Master‟s in Social Work course. The components of the practicals in the
Social Work course include the following:
ORIENTATION VISITS - Governmental and Voluntary Organizations in the field
of Social Work will be visited as per the schedule of the Department of Social Work
during the course
CONCURRENT FIELDWORK- It shall be for 12 hours a week (including
Individual Conference and Group Conferences ), spread over two days in all the four
semesters. Apart from all this, it would also include the Skill Development Course in
each semester which is for four hours.
RURAL CAMP - Duration of the rural/tribal camp shall be between 5-8 days during
the first semester
STUDY TOUR - Duration of the study tour shall be between 4-8 days. Reputed
organizations (Governmental/Voluntary) will to be visited during the exercise
WINTER PLACEMENT – Will be undertaken by students between the I and II
semester to a reputed agency related to their area of interest for 7-10days.
SUMMER PLACEMENT - Will be undertaken by students between the II and III
semester to a reputed Agency/Community/Corporate Sector related to their area of
interest for 3 weeks. Objectives of the Summer Placement are to experience direct
practice and management operations, to enhance and integrate practice of Social Work
Methods and strategies and experience self in the role of the Professional Social
Worker.
BLOCK PLACEMENT - will be undertaken by the student after the III semester in
a reputed agency related /community /corporate sector related to their specialization
for three weeks.
A student who does not fulfill the field work requirement during the given semester
will not be eligible to continue with the course, until he/she repeats the Field Work
training programme for that semester to the satisfaction of the Department. Field Work
requirements include:
107
100 % Field Work Attendance
Appropriate Code of Conduct
Fulfilling the workload norms as prescribed by the Department
Regular and timely submission of Field Work Reports
Regular attendance of the Field Work Conference
The decision of the Department regarding the satisfactory completion of the Field
Work and Block Placement Training will be final and binding on the student.
Field Work Records: Students shall submit the Field Work record on the First working
day of the following week before 9.45 Am. However, if the date of submission of
report is a holiday, the Field Work report should be submitted on the subsequent
working day.
Field Work programme should have a well defined and fully equipped training
programme, and policy of maintaining high standards of service through application of
the methods of Social Work.
AIM AND OBJECTIVES OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM: 1ST YEAR
Aim: The broad aim of Social Work Practicum is to provide opportunities for applying
the knowledge and the information gained in the classroom to reality situations. This
learning experience should provide an opportunity of working with communities,
groups, individuals/families and planning and executing tasks of managing
organizations.
OBJECTIVES:
To understand the agency as an organisation, its structure, functions, activities
and sources of funding.
Developing knowledge of the socio-economic and cultural realities, and their
impact on the client systems with specific focus on marginalized groups.
Develop skills to analyse the impact of the micro and macro forces of the
political economy and their impact on families, individuals, groups,
communities and organizations.
Develop the ability to involve people in the problem solving process, utilizing
skills of social work interventions, including research.
To develop an understanding of the application of the methods of social work
practice in the field.
Develop skills in identifying and utilizing community resources both
Government and Voluntary.
Make conscious use of professional values and ethics.
108
AREAS OF LEARNING:
AREA I – UNDERSTANDING THE AGENCY/COMMUNITY.
Tasks provided should aid the learner to.
Understand the socio-economic and cultural realities and their impact on the
organization/community and the client system.
Understand the administrative structure, the communication patterns,
leadership, power structure, decision-making and functions of personnel in
government and voluntary organization.
Understand programmes, programme management and participate in their
delivery with use of appropriate programme media. Show ability to write
proposals for new programmes and initiate them.
Understand the relationship of the organization to others and appreciate need for
networking.
Understand the financial management, including source of funds, efforts at fund
raising.
Understand and appreciate the role of the Social Worker and the learners in the
organization.
AREA II – DEVELOPING KNOWLEDGE OF ADMINISTRATIVE
PROCEDURE AND PROGRAMME MANAGEMENT.
Involve learners in day-to-day administration planning, implementation and
evaluation.
Tasks like preparing project proposals for new programmes.
Administration of ongoing services, maintaining accounts and ledgers.
Correspondence and records of the organization.
Budgeting and fund raising.
Working with various categories of personnel in the organization and also as a
member of a team.
Planning and implementing short-term training programmes for personnel in the
organization.
109
AREA III – PROBLEM SOLVING PROCESS AND PRACTICE BASED
RESEARCH
Identify problems and analyse them.
Analyze the causative factors and dynamics in the problem situations.
Select appropriate strategy, methods and techniques of problem solving.
Establish and maintain relationships.
Identify focus of work together with individuals, groups/communities.
Involve the primary stakeholders in the problem solving process.
Identify and utilize resources – human, material and financial.
Select and utilize appropriate tools for problem – solving, such as interviews –
individual/group, home visits, programme media and research.
Integrate Theory and Practise, and utilize the integrated approach in Social
Work Practice.
Conduct a small Practice Based Research Activity.
Field Work Requirements for I and II Semesters
Social Case Work: Each Student should conduct a minimum of two Case Work for
each Semester and submit the case records with their Field Work reports.
Social Group Work: Students should conduct 04 Social Group Work sessions in the
First Semester and 06 sessions in the Second Semester.
SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM (MSW-III AND IV SEMESTER)
INTRODUCTION:
During the II M.S.W. the learner has to start using a holistic approach to problem
solving, organize people to meet their needs, move from problem to issue based work
and gain greater confidence to work independently. Learners specialising in CD,
MPSW and PMIR shall be given specialisation specific guidelines as well.
OBJECTIVES:
Develop skills to effectively use the integrated approach to problem solving
and enhance skills of intervention, at the micro and the macro levels of the
systems, in relation to the needs and problems of the client system.
Develop skills to organize people to meet their needs and solve their problems
use roles appropriate to work e.g. advocacy for child‟s right, human rights,
labour rights and women‟s rights.
Develop understanding of the pattern of behaviours of people – their strengths
and pathological behaviour.
Develop the ability to carry out tasks in relation to service delivery and
programme management. Routine administration, staff supervision, and
training; prepare project proposals, time management, and management by
objectives, and enhance skills in documenting.
110
Develop the ability to make innovative contribution to the organization‟s/
communities functioning.
Gain confidence to represent the profession in interdisciplinary teams, and
integrate theory or classroom training into practice.
Develop recording skills (both process and summary) as a tool for learning and
growth as a practitioner.
Develop the capacity to utilize instruction for enhancing and integrating field
practices.
Utilize field instructions for enhancing and integrating professional growth.
Utilize practice-based research to test effectiveness of specific aspects of
intervention.
AREAS OF LEARNING
AREA I. Study and analyse agency /organisation /community
Develop skills to analyse complex situations, and evaluate the agencies functions
in relation to needs/problems of the client system, and situate this in the larger
state, national and international context.
Evaluate the functions of the agency, health agency, panchayat or corporate
organization in relation to the needs and problems of the client system.
Critically analyse the philosophy, policy, thrust, traditions of the organization
within the framework of the national policy, constitutional rights, human rights
and international programmes.
Identify gaps in policy, develop initiative and use advocacy skills to bring about
change at local, state and national level.
Use skills of Social Work and different roles to enable people meet challenges.
AREA II. Working in Teams
Enhance skills of working with inter-disciplinary teams to support peoples‟
quest to meet needs and goals.
Take initiative and leadership roles while working with teams.
AREA III
(A) Programme Management
Encourage learner involvement in programmes for social issues/concerns, and
projects. Prepare proposals for new programmes.
Develop skills for evaluation of programmes, prepare reviews, and document.
Develop plans and implement these for staff development.
111
Develop skills to guide and train various groups connected with your field work
setting – Volunteers, members of organizations, S.H.G‟S, NSS Volunteers and
youth.
Collect information of other similar programmes and develop skills of
networking effectively with other agencies/organizations/groups.
(B) Records
Records should show
i. Analysis of problem solving situations for new and significant areas of
problem solving.
ii. Internalization of professional values.
Independently prepare and utilizes records like summary records, case studies,
agency reports- annual and six monthly, minutes of meetings, press releases.
Masters skills for documentation of activities like project, programmes and
case studies.
(C) Planning
Plan, implement and evaluate programmes independently.
Be analytical and evaluate agency functions in relation to needs and problems
of the client system.
Takes the initiative in leadership while working with various teams, consciously
assume different roles to suit different situations and take leadership and helps
other to do so.
Provide opportunities to use selectively skills of Social Work and utilize them
to effect change.
AREA IV. PRACTICE STRATEGIES AND TOOLS
Manifest selective and rational use of approaches, skills and techniques.
Introspect in relation to own behaviour, values (relative and absolute, intrinsic,
and extrinsic ) and utilize this for growth.
Appreciate others‟ contributions however small in the field.
AREA V
(A) Responsibility towards Self
Professional responsibility and concern for the client system is manifested in terms of:
Showing mastery in the time management, regularity and sincerity in work.
Demonstrating social work values.
Using participatory approaches and problem solving skills.
Preparing for termination with a view of helping the client system for self-
dependence.
(B) Responsibility towards the organization.
112
Function confidently as a representative of the organization with respect to tasks
undertaken.
Guide junior colleagues/volunteers to develop skills.
Provide leadership in specific tasks in the team of social workers as well as in
the inter-disciplinary teams.
Show responsibility toward other organisations.
Practice professional ethics.
AREA VI. PROFESSION AND THE PROFESSIONAL SELF
Enhances faith in the profession which is committed to social change. Willingly
take up challenging tasks with confidence.
Represent the Profession:
a) To the public and other disciplines at meetings, seminars and enhances the
image of the profession.
b) Writing about the professional activities.
Conduct self as the bearer of professional values.
GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED BY II MSW STUDENTS IN SOCIAL
WORK PRACTICUM
As Social Work Practicum is expected to develop in the students a sense of
responsibility and proper work habits, the student is expected to have 100% attendance
in field work.
The student should observe regularity, punctuality in attendance. If the student is
placed in an agency or through an agency in a community, the attendance should be
marked each day of field in an attendance book placed in the agency.
In general, the student should follow the work schedule of the agency where he/she is
placed, with reference to working days and working hours. Any special schedule of
work for the student may be decided upon by mutual discussions between the faculty
supervisor and the agency supervisor or if is a direct community placement by mutual
discussion between the faculty supervisor and student.
The student shall abide by the rules and regulations of the agency that normally apply
to the other agency staff.
When skill acquisition workshops are held on field work days, participation in such
workshop should be considered a part of field work and agencies shall be asked to
permit the students to attend the same by the concerned faculty supervisor or Heads of
the department. Such workshops on field work days should not exceed a total of 6 days
in a semester.
Any extra hours demanded by the nature of the work allotted to the student, cannot be
adjusted against the minimum 15 hours of work expected per week. However, such
113
extra hours of work put in by the student may be taken into account by the
faculty/agency supervisor at the time of assessing the student‟s professional
commitment and work values.
Time taken for travel to and fro between residence and the agency as well as the lunch
break shall not be included in the field work time.
The student is not eligible to take leave on field work days. If a student has to be
absent on a field work day for serious reasons and unavoidable circumstances, it shall
be with knowledge and permission of the faculty supervisor. In such a situation, the
student should be responsible for informing the agency of his / her leave. The number
of days of leave so granted by the faculty supervisor must be compensated by the
student through extra days of field work, in consultation with the faculty and agency
supervisor. Any leave taken by the student without the permission of the faculty
supervisor shall be considered as absence from field work.
The student is required to have regular weekly supervisory conferences with the
faculty supervisor according to a pre-planned schedule. Conferences shall be
considered a part of field work. Both individual and group conferences shall be held
once every consecutive week. Regularity and punctuality of attendance at conferences
both individual and group is compulsory. Failure to attend conferences will be viewed
seriously.
Record of the work done during a week must be submitted to the faculty/agency
supervisor on the first working day of the following week. If records are submitted
later the student will not be allowed to have the conference scheduled for that week.
Late submission of records and / or absence from conferences will be taken into
account at the time of assessment.
The student placed in agencies shall keep her/his regular record of the weekly work in
the prescribed form (time sheet) provided and submit it every week to the faculty
supervisor with signature of the agency supervisor where applicable. Weekly record
sheet submitted without the signature of the agency supervisor will not be accepted by
the faculty supervisor. Students placed directly in communities shall submit the time
sheet to the faculty supervisor.
The student may not make any arrangements or alterations of scheduled work in the
field without the permission of both the faculty and agency supervisor.
Student shall observe the dress regulations on field work days, namely that student
shall be dressed modestly and neatly.
114
RURAL CAMP/ STUDY PROGRAMME: ( DURING I YEAR MSW )
The students are engaged in various activities besides their core curriculum. They are
encouraged to organize and carry out programmes, processions and events for social
cause. The objective of such activities is to build the personal and professional skills of
the students and to facilitate self-development.
An integral part of the curriculum for the first year students is the “Rural Camp”
conducted in the backward and neglected areas of the District/State. It is recommended
here that it be held at the end of 1st semester. Attendance at this camp is compulsory
and marks will be assigned for it.
STUDY TOUR – SPECIALIZATION WISE
This programme is organised usually at the end of the 3rd
semester and would be for 5
to 8 days. Attendance at this Study Tour is compulsory and marks will be assigned
for it.
OBJECTIVES:
Understand government, private and people based organisations and developmental
services in the context of emerging social realities in the respective specialization.
Understand the programmes/strategies, administration / management of the
organisations/programmes/services and participation of the stake holders in
problem solving and management.
Understand the role of Professional Social Workers and other disciplines in relation
to the organisation/development programmes/services in the respective
specialization.
Appreciate and analyse critically the organisation, its services/programmes and
strategies in terms of their relevance, effectiveness to meet the organisational goals
and achieve overall development of the people.
Through the experience of group living appreciate its value in terms of self-
development, interpersonal relationships and mutual responsibility.
Acquire skills in planning, organizing and evaluation of the study tour, learn
conscious use of time, communication skills, team spirit, handling relationships,
conflicts and differences of opinions, decision making, appreciation, sharing of
resources and tasks, coping skills in problem situations with cooperation and
coordination.
Appreciate the role of a Professional Social Worker and to immolate on those lines
Learners are helped to participate in planning, implementing and evaluating the
experience with the help of the faculty.
115
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR OBSERVATION, FOR VISITING
AGENCIES/ORGANISATIONS:
History, philosophy thrust, values, assumptions, principles of the organisations
including its vision and mission statements.
Socio-economic background, needs and problems of the people.
The organizational pattern and administration of the different programmes
services/strategies and their relevance to the needs of people. The inter-
relationship between problems at the micro-level and at the macro level.
The problems faced by the people in relation to the policies, services of the
agency, participation of the client system in the management.
Role of social work in the different settings.
Role of other professionals in the organization of services/programmes and
developing strategies.
The administration and funding pattern of the organization/services.
Other areas (applicable to varied fields of specialisations).
Learners to prepare group reports of the visit and evaluate own efforts for planning and
implementing the plan for visit.
BLOCK PLACEMENT (AT THE END OF THE III SEMESTER)
Block Placement is organised at the end of THIRD SEMESTER for students in their
area of interest and specialisation. An organisation which can provide learning
experiences and opportunities to learn by doing are selected by the college and
arrangements are made for the placement of students for a period of 4 weeks.
OBJECTIVES:
The block placement aims at enabling students to,
Develop enhanced practice skill and integrate learning.
Develop greater understanding of reality situations through involvement in day to
day work.
Develop appreciation of other‟s efforts and develop sensitivity to gaps in the
programme.
Enhance awareness of self in the role of a professional social worker.
SEMINARS:
Seminars related to the subjects of the respective semester shall be presented by
students individually AS WELL AS GROUP WISE. This will be assessed by the
respective faculty
OBJECTIVES:
T o enhance students knowledge in the subject
To encourage upgrading of information
To improve communication and presentation skills
To develop self confidence
116
CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Seminars and Workshops
Seminars and Workshops involving students themselves in paper presentation and
discussion will be conducted on a regular basis both as Intra-Forum and Inter-Fora
events. Conferences, Seminars and Symposium will also be organized inviting experts
from the relevant disciplines/fields of study. Students are expected to involve
themselves actively in organizing, conducting and participating in these events.
Participation in Seminar/Workshops/Conferences/events organized outside the college:
The students shall be provided equitable opportunities to participate in some selective
seminars, workshops, conferences and other events organized by other Social work
colleges and other related agencies and organizations if they opt to do so with approval
from the Student Welfare Officer / HOD/ Dean.
Such participation would be considered a component of theoretical study and students
would be given attendance if it falls on a class day. If it falls on day/days of social
work practicum, students are expected to make up for the absence by working on extra
day/days on tasks designed in consultation with the field work instructor.
Research, Extension and Outreach Activities:
Research, extension and outreach activities are a regular feature of the P.G.
Department of Social Work.
Through these activities, the department seeks to fulfill the following:
Contribute to the achievement of concrete benefits/outcomes for the persons,
groups and communities it seeks to serve.
Respond to situations of crisis/disasters to the extent possible within the constraints
imposed by the academic nature of the institutions.
Provide experiences to the staff and students in initiating, planning, executing,
monitoring and evaluation of such activities.
Initiate and develop replicable and sustainable models of extension/outreach.
Document and disseminate the best practices among the educational institutions
and civic society groups.
Build linkages/networks for collaborative work directed at micro-macro policy
change beneficial to local communities and the region at large.
From the 1st Semester itself the M.S.W students are expected to actively participate in
initiating, planning and executing the research, extension/outreach activities to be
launched under the aegis of the P.G. Department of Social Work, and where necessary
in collaboration with the B.S.W department of the college.
FORA AND THE STUDENT COUNCIL: The student fora associated with the three departments of specialization are as follows:
Community Development : Social Change Management Forum
Medical and Psychiatric social Work : Family Cosmos Forum
Personnel Management and Industrial Relations: Human Resource management
Forum
117
As inter-disciplinary and inter-specialization exposure is necessary for Professional
Social Workers, all students are expected to actively participate in intra-forum as well
as inter-forum activities and programmes.
The student council will consist of all the fora representatives and other elected
representatives such as the coordinator, secretary, treasurer, class representatives and
sports representatives.
The student council shall function under the guidance of a Student Welfare Officer and
undertake activities that are of general interest and for the wellbeing of the students.
Spandana an annual event would be organized by the student council with active
participation of all the students under the guidance of Student Welfare Officer and with
support from the Faculty members of the P.G. Department of Social Work.
SEMESTER I
MSW 401 P-I
FOUNDATION OF PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK
Course Objectives:
To help students understand the meaning of Social Work and related concepts
and to acquire knowledge about the historical development of social welfare
and social work in England, USA and India.
To enable students to understand and appreciate social work as a profession.
To expose students to some ideologies concerning human equity and their
significance for social work.
To help students understand different approaches to social work.
Course Content:
UNIT I
SOCIAL WELFARE, SOCIAL WORK – CONCEPTS AND HISTORICAL
DEVELOPMENT
Charity, Philanthropy, Social Reform, Social Services, Social Welfare and
Social Work.
Definition, purpose, objectives, scope and distinguishing characteristics of
Social Work.
Organized Charity: Elizabethan Poor Law-1601, Poor Law Reform: 1834,
Charity Organization Society (COS) 1869, Friendly Visitors, Settlement Houses
1886, New York initiated training programme 1896.
Perspectives of Social Work in different religions: Buddhism, Christianity,
Hinduism, Islam and Jainism.
Indian Social Reformers: Raja Rammohan Roy, Swami Vivekananda, Mahatma
Gandhi, B. Ambedkar, Baba Amte, Mother Theresa
118
Constitutional guarantees for Social Welfare in India: Fundamental Rights and
Directive Principles of State Policy.
UNIT II
SOCIAL WORK AS A PROFESSION
Difference between an occupation and a Profession.
Attributes of a Profession. Social Work as a Profession.
Values, Principles and Methods of Social Work.
Role and functions of a Professional Social Worker.
Code of ethics of Professional Social Work.
Limitations of Professional Social Work
UNIT III
IDEOLOGIES REGARDING HUMAN EQUITY AND SOCIAL CHANGE
Ideologies that marginalize vulnerable groups: Utilitarianism and Social
Darwinism.
Capitalism, Marxism, Socialism
Raisers of Consciousness: Feminist Social Work and Paulo Freire.
Neo-liberalism – Concept and Analysis.
Globalisation -- Concept and Impact.
Social/People‟s Movements: Dalit Movement, Chipko Movement, Narmada
Bachao Andolan, National Alliance of People‟s Movement and World Social
Forum.
UNIT IV
APPROACHES TO SOCIAL WORK
Micro, Mezzo and Macro practice of Social Work.
Relief, Welfare, Clinical/Therapeutic and Developmental models of Social
Work.
Systems Theory and Ecological approach to Social Work.
Integrated Social Work practice
Human Rights, Social Justice and Radical Social Work
Role of government and non- government organizations in Social Welfare.
References:
Banerjee, G. R. (1972). Papers on Social Work: An Indian Perspective.
Bombay: TISS.
Bartlett, H. M. (1970). The Common Base of Social Work Practice, New York:
Prentice Hall.
119
Battacharya, Sanjay (2005). Social Work an Integrated Approach, New Delhi:
Deep and Deep Publications.
Chekov-Yanoor, Benyamin (1997). Social Work Practice A Systems Approach.
New York. The Haworth Press. .
Desai, M (2006). Ideologies and Social Work: Historical and Contemporary
Analyses.New Delhi: Rawa Publications.
Friedlander, Walter and Robert Z. Apte (1982). Introduction to Social Welfare.
New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
Freire, Paulo, (1972). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Great Britain: Penguin
Books.
Gangrade, K. D. (2005). Gandhian Approach to Development and Social Work.
New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.
Gilbert, Neil and Harry Spech (1977). The Emergence of Social Welfare and
Social Work. USA: Peacock Publishers In
Gore, M. S. (1993).Social Context of Ideology: Ambedkar‟s Social and
Political Thought. New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Gore, M. S. (2003). Social Development: Challenges Faced in an Unequal and
Plural Society. Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
Harvey, David (2005). A Brief History of Neo Liberalism USA: Oxford
University Press.
Healey, Karen (2000). Social Work Practices. New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Hingorani, R. C. (1985). Human Rights in India. New Delhi: Oxford &IBH
Publishing Co.
Johnson, Louise C. and Stephen J. Yanca. (2010). Social Work Practice: A
Generalist Approach. Indian ED. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Joseph, Josantony and Gracy Fernandes (eds.) (2006). An Enquiry into Ethical
Dilemmas in Social Work. Mumbai: College of Social Work.
Kohli, A. S. (2004). Human Rights and Social Work. New Delhi: Kanishka
Publishers.
Korten, David C. (1992) Getting to the 21st Century. Voluntary Action and the
Global Agenda. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishers.
Kumar, Hajira. (2005) Social Work and Developmental Issues. New Delhi:
Aakar Books.
Miley, Karla Krogsrud, Michael O‟ Melia and Brenda L. Du Bois. (1998)
Generalist Social Work Practice. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Misra, P. D. and Beena Misra (2004). Social Work Profession in India.
Lucknow: New Royal Book Co.
Mohanty, Jaganath (2005). Teaching of Human Rights. New Trends and
Innovations.New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications.
Natrajan, S. (1971). 19th
Century Social Reforms in India. New Delhi:
Macmillan India Ltd.
120
Pandya, Sarita P. (2014). Theory and Perspectives in Social Work. Jaipur:
Rawat Publications.
Patel, Chaya, (ed) (1999). Social Work Practice. Religio- Philosophical
Foundations. Jaipur:Rawat Publications.
Pathak, Shanker, (2012). Social Work and Social Welfare, Bangalore: Niruta
Publications.
Payne, Malcom, (2006). What is Professional Social Work. New Delhi: Rawat
Publications.
Sooder, K. S. (2008). Social work Theory and Practice. Lucknow: Nav Jyoti
Simrramjeet.
Specht, H. and A.Vickery (1978). Integrating Social Work Methods, London:
George Allen and Unwin.
Timms, Noel, (1983). Social Work Values: An Enquiry, London: Routledge &
Kegan Paul.
Wadia, A.R. (1961). History and Philosophy of Social Work, Bombay: Allied
Publishers Ltd.
Younghusband, Eileen, (1967). Social Work and Social Values, London:
George Allen & Unwin.
Journals:
Economic and Political Weekly.
Indian Journal of Social Work. TISS, Mumbai.
Journal of Progressive Human Services Vol 21 no1, Jan. 2010 Philadelphia, USA:
Routledge Taylor & Francis Group
MSW 411 P – II
SOCIAL CASE WORK
Course Objectives:
Understand Social Case Work as a method of Social Work
Develop in students an understanding of and an ability to adopt a
multi-dimensional approach in assessment.
Understand the process of working with individuals/families
Develop the ability to analyse and assess the components and process
of Case Work Practice.
Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL CASE WORK
Definition and objectives of Social Case Work
Historical development of Case Work in West and India.
121
Principles of Social Case Work
Components of Social Case Work: Person, Place, Problem and Problem
Solving Process
Case Work Values
Social Case Work practice in Indian Society
UNIT II
PROCESS OF CASE WORK
Phases of Helping Process in Social Case Work: Intake, Study, Assessment,
Negotiating contracts, Diagnosis, Intervention, Termination, Evaluation &
Follow Up
Case Work Skills: Communication skills, Listening, Paraphrasing, Responding,
Summarizing, Attending, Questioning and Clarifying,
Case Work Tools: Relationship building, Interview, observation, Co-lateral
contact-Home visit.
Techniques of Case Work: Modifying Behaviour, Supportive, and Resource
Enhancement, Client-Worker Relationship: Definition, use and characteristics.
Transference and Counter Transference
Recording in Case Work: Structure and Content
Methods of Recording: Verbatim, Narrative, Analytical and Summary records,
Use of Student records
Ethics in Social Case Work
UNIT III
THEORETICAL MODELS OF SOCIAL CASE WORK
Different models in conceptualization of Social Case Work practice and interventions
Humanistic and Psychodynamic Approaches
Person Centered Therapy
Psychoanalytical Therapy
Gestalt Therapy and Transactional Analysis
Post Modern Approaches
Family Therapy
Behaviour Therapy
Strength based approach
Identification of a problem and the use of one of the above models in intervention
UNIT IV
SCOPE AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN SOCIAL CASE WORK
Scope of Social case work - Families and Child Welfare, Adoption, Hospital,
Correctional, Industrial, Community, School, Marriage, Adolescent & Youth,
Addiction, Elderly, Sexual Minorities
122
Crisis Intervention,
Case Work, Guidance, Counselling and Psychotherapy
Conflicts and Dilemmas in working with individuals & Families
Supervision - Development of Personal and Professional self
Preventive Case Work Intervention
References:
Beistek Felix (1957). Case Work Relationship. Chicago: Loyola University Press
Berne Eric, (1964) Games People Play, A Handbook of Transactional Analysis,
Ballantine Books, NewYork.
Bhatachari (2005) An Integrated Approach to Social Work, Sage Publications
Corey, Gerald, (1996) Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy (fifth
edition) California, Brooks/Cole
Desai, Murali, (1994) Family and Intervention, Mumbai, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences.
Fischer, J. (1978).Effective Case Work Practice- An Eclectic Approach. New York:
McGraw Hill Book Co.
Friedlander, Walter A, (1978) Concepts and Methods of Social Work, Englewood
Cliffs: Prentice Hall
Grace Mathew (1992). Introduction to Social Case Work. Bombay: Tata Institute of
Social Sciences.
Hamilton Gordon, (1976). Principles of social case recording. New York:
Colombia University Press.
Hepworth & Larsen (2010). Direct Social Work Practice: Theory and Skills (Eighth
Edition). Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole/ Thompson.
Perlman, H.H. (1957). Social Case Work: A Problem Solving Process. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Richmond Mary E, (1965) Social Diagnosis, University of Chicago Press.
Roberts, R.W, Nee R.H. (1970). Theories of Social Case Work. Chicago: University of
Chicago press
Soodan, K, S.(2006) Social Work Theory and Practice, Nav Jyoti Simran Publications,
Lucknow
Turner, Francis J., (1968) Differential Diagnosis and Treatment in Social Work, New
York: The Free Press.
Upadhyaya R.K., (2003) Social Case Work a Therapeutic Approach, Sage Publications
Woods, M. & Hollis, F. (2000). Case work: A Psycho-Social Therapy. New York:
McGraw Hill Inc.
123
MSW 421 P – III
SOCIAL GROUP WORK
Course Objectives:
Develop understanding of the relevance and efficacy of Group Work as a
method of Social Work.
Understand the process of Group Work and gain skills to form social groups
Develop skills to use purposeful programme media in Group Work
Enable the learners to gain knowledge, skills and attitudes to practice Social
Group Work in different settings and with diverse groups.
Course Content:
UNIT I
FOUNDATION FOR SOCIAL GROUP WORK
Understanding Social Group Work as a method of Social Work – Definition,
objectives, role of social group in the development of a person
Social Group Work in the global context
Types of social groups - Educational, growth oriented groups, socialization,
therapeutic and task groups, the mutual aid model -support groups, self help
groups, social action groups
Standards for social work practice with groups – AASWG
Ecological systems, empowerment, transformative and strengths based
perspectives on group work
Applicability of the perspectives in diverse social groups – a project
UNIT II
PROCESS OF GROUP WORK AND STAGES OF GROUP DEVELOPMENT
Forming a group : Establishing the Group‟s purpose, Assessing potential
sponsorship and membership, Selecting and screening of members, Composing
the group with special reference to factors of group formation (Homogeneity
and Heterogeneity factors, Group size, Frequency and duration of meeting,
Length of groups, Place for meetings, Membership – closed membership and
open membership), Orienting members to the group, contracting, Preparing the
group‟s environment, (Developing a proposal for a group – an exercise)
Initial stage (Pre-affiliation)
Transition stage (Power and control))
Working stage(Intimacy and Differentiation))
Ending stage(Separation)
Developing a proposal for a group – An exercise
124
UNIT III
DYNAMICS AND PRINCIPLES OF GROUP WORK
Understanding Group Dynamics(Group Process): Sub groups, isolates,
scapegoats, newcomers, bond and group cohesion, role, leadership, group
control
Conflicts and decision making(conflict management), hostility, behaviour
contagion, verbal and non-verbal communication
Assessing interaction patterns in group process- An exercise
Handling group dynamics – An exercise
Principles of group work: Social Work values, Human needs, Cultural setting,
Planned group formation, Specific objectives, Purposeful worker-group
relationship, Continuous individualization, Guided group interaction,
democratic group self determination, Flexible functional organization,
Progressive programme experience, Resource utilization, Evaluation
Application of Principles of Group Work
UNIT IV
GROUP WORK SKILLS
Skills for working with short term groups: Skills for facilitating group
processes, data gathering and assessment skills, action skills.
Selection and use of programme media/Participatory Training Methodologies in
social group work: Games, arts and crafts, group discussion, Buzz group, role
play, brainstorming, camps
Designing a training programme – An exercise
Group work with children, adolescents, adults, elderly and the marginalised
Application social group work in various settings – schools, hospitals,
correctional institutions, industries, communities: a simulation
Efficacy of social group work : planning and preparing an evaluation sheet
References:
Beal et. Al. (1962). Leadership and Dynamic Group Action. The lowastate
University Press, U.S.A.
Brown, Allan. (2006). Group Work. Ashgate, U.S.A.
Burnard, Phillip. (2004). Interpersonal Skills Training. Viva Book Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi.
Capuzzi, David et al. (2010). Introduction to Group Work. Rawat publications,
Jaipur.
Corey, Marianne Schneider/Corey, Gerald. (2002). Group Process and Practice.
Brooks/Cole, Thomas Learning, Australia.
Corey, Marianne Schneider & Corey, Gerald. (2004). Group techniques.
Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning, Australia.
Garvin, Charles D. Et. Al. (2002). Hand Book of Social Work with Groups.
Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
125
Garwin, C. (1987). Contemporary Group Work. Prentice Hall Inc., New York.
Getrude, Wilson & Ryland, Gladys. (1949). Social Group Work Practice the
creative use of social process. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston.
Golpelwar, Banmala. (2007). Social Group Work. Indian Institute of Youth
Welfare, Nagpur.
Guha, Dr. Ratna. (2012). Social Work with Individuals and Groups. Centrum
Press, New Delhi.
Gupta, Manju, & Jha, Dr. Prem Kant. (2008). Group Discussion. Mahaveer
Publishers. New Delhi.
Konopka, Gisela. (1963). Social Group Work a helping process. Prentice,
London.
Misra, P.D., Misra, Bina. (2010). Social Group Work – Theory and Practice.
New Royal Book Co., Lucknow.
Hart Ford Magaret E. (1971). Group in Social Work. Columbia University
Press, New York.
Northern, Helen & Kurland, Roselle. (2001). Social Work with groups.
Columbia University Press, New York and London.
Peterson, Mark. (2007). Group Discussion – Sure Way to Success. Lotus Press,
New Delhi.
Pincus, Allen & Minhan, Anne. (1973). Social Work Practice: Model and
Method. F.E. Peacock, U.S.A.
Prasad, Hari Mohan & Mohan, Rajnish. (2009). How to prepare for Group
Discussion and Interview. Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Private Limited, New
Delhi.
Roberts W Roberts and Helen Northen ed. (1976). Theories of Social Work
with groups. Columbia University Press, New York.
Rogers, Jessica & Epstein, Robert. (2001). The big book of motivational games.
Mc Graw Hill, New York.
Siddiqui, H.Y. (2008). Group Work Theories and Practices. Rawat publications,
Jaipur.
Soodan, K.S. (2008). An introduction to social work theory and practice. Nav
Jyoti Simprranjeet publications, Lucknow.
Toseland, W Ronald Rivas. (1984). An introduction to group work practice.
Mac Millan Publishing Company, New York.
Thackeray, Skidmore A. (1964), Introduction to Social Work, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey
Trecker, Harleigh B, (1955). Group Work Foundations and frontiers. Whiteside
inc. and William Morrow and Company.
Trecker, Harleigh B. (1972). Social Group Work Principles and Practices.
Whiteside, inc. and William Morrow and company,
Zastrow, Charles H. (2009). Social Work with Groups. CENGAGE Learning,
Australia.
126
Journals:
Adelaide Journal of Social Work, School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya,
Mangalore
Journal of Madras School of Social Work, Chennai
Journal of School of Social Work, NIMHANS, Bangalore
Journal of Social Work and Development Issues, Udaipur school of Social
Work, Rajasthan
National Journal of Professional Social Work, Indian Society of Professional
Social Work, NIMHANS Bangalore
Participative Development, Centre for Social Research and Development, Pune
Perspectives in Social Work, College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan,
Mumbai
Rajagiri Journal of Social Development, Rajagiri college of Social Scieinces,
Kerala
Social Action, Social Action Trust, New Delhi
The Indian Journal of Social Work, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai
Websites
www.asgw.org/diversity.htm
www.apa.org/ethics/code2202.html
www.groupsinc.org//group/ethicalguide.html
www.asgw.org/training-standards.htm
www.asgw.org/best.htm
www.counselling.org
MSW 431 P – IV
SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS
Course Objectives:
1. To cultivate the ability to develop appropriate skills and attitudes to work with
Individuals
2. Develop skills to work with groups in developmental areas
3. To cultivate ability to critically analyse understand and intervene in problems of
Individuals
4. To develop the skills required to relate to cultural issues in groups-
Course Content:
UNIT I
MICRO SKILLS IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS
Attending & Listening Skills
Observation & Communication Skills
Responding, Paraphrasing & Summarising Skills
Questioning & Clarifying Skill
127
Diagnosing Skills
Intervention Skill
UNIT II
MACRO SKILLS IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS
Problem solving skills
Decision making Skill
Interpersonal relationship
Supportive & Resource Enhancement
Coping with Stress
Empathy
UNIT III
UNDERSTANDING THE GROUP PROCESS
Group dynamics
Tools used to assess Group dynamics
Conflicts & Decision making
Importance of Communication in the group
Verbal and Non Verbal Communication
Handling group dynamics
UNIT IV
PREPARATION OF GROUP MODULES
Parenting
Adolescents
Study Habits
Life Skills
Building Interpersonal Relationships
Designing a training Programme
References:
Anthony John 2003 Skills of councilling,Anugraha Publications Tamilnadu
Antony John 2015:Emotions in counselling, Anugraha Publications, TamilNadu
Bhatachari 2005: An Integrated approach to Social Work, Sage Publications
Gordon Hamilton 2013:Theory & Practice of Social Case Work,New York
Coombia University press
Hamilton, Gordon, 1940: Theory and Practice of Case WorkNew York:
Columbia University Press
ISPSW: National Journal of Professional Social Work
128
Monteiro Meena 2012:Learning to grow, School of social work, Roshni Nilaya
Mangalore
Nehra Arora 2013: Case Work Concepts & Principles, Sage publications
Nitesh Dhauvan, 2006 : Social Work Perspectives, Sage Publications
Shekhar Rameela , Sandra Lobo , Dr R Parthasarathy, 2012:Child Mental
Health – manual for Teachers & Parents,School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya
Mangalore
Shekhar Rameela, Madhava BM 2010:Psycho Social Skills required in teachers
to deal with Problems in children, School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya
Mangalore
Soodan K.S., 2006 : Social Work Theory and Practice, Nav Jyoti Simran
publication Lucknow
Zastrow, Charles, 1995: The Practice of Social Work, California: Brooks/Cole
MSW 451 P – VI
PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR
Course Objectives:
To gain knowledge of the major influences in human development.
To develop sensitivity towards human needs and problems
To understand the common psychiatric disorders in children, adult and elderly
To develop and understanding of Disaster situation and its impact
Course Content:
UNIT I
UNDERSTANDING PSYCHOLOGY AND HUMAN BEHAVIOUR
Definition of Psychology, nature and scope of Psychology.
Relevance of Psychology in Social Work practice
Concept of Personality, Personality Theories – Mc Crae and Costa‟s Big 5
Personality Theory and Meyer Friedmand Ray Roseman‟s Type A/B
Personality Theory
Freudian Approaches to understanding human Behaviour
Determinants of human behaviour: Heredity and Environment
Basic Human needs and Behaviour
UNIT II
IMPORTANCE OF INTELLIGENCE, EMOTIONS AND STRESS COPING
MECHANISMS
Concept of IQ, Levels of Intelligence, Factors affecting Intellectual
Development
129
Problems associated with Low IQ , Reaction of the parents , Role of a Social
worker
Emotions -Definition, characteristics of emotions and Effects of emotions on
behaviour
Emotional quotient – meaning and components and methods of improving
Emotional Quotient
Stress : Meaning , Causes of Stress and Effects of stress
Stress Coping Mechanisms and Stress Management techniques
UNIT III
INTRODUCTION TO ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Concept of Normality and Abnormality
Types of Psychiatric Disorders - Minor and Major Psychiatric Disorders
Minor Psychiatric Disorders – Neurosis ( ( Symptoms and Treatment)
Major Psychotic Disorders – Schizophrenia ( Symptoms and Treatment )
Major Psychotic Disorders- Affective Disorders ( Symptoms and Treatment )
Substance Abuse – Alcoholism and Drug Abuse ( Concept , Characteristics and
Treatment )
UNIT IV
SPECIFIC DISORDERS AND INTERVENTION
Childhood Disorders: Specific Learning Disability, Hyperkinetic Disorders,
Conduct Disorder ( Symptoms and treatment )
Child Sexual Abuse - Impact and Intervention
Psychiatric Disorders in the Elderly – Dementia and Alziemers (
Characteristics and Treatment )
Disaster : Concept , Types - Effects
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and Disaster
Psychosocial support and mental health services in disasters.
References:
Baron Robert A, (2013) Psychology Pearson, New Delhi.
Berrios, G.E & Dawson, J.H, (1983) Treatment and Management in Adult
Psychiatry, Bailiere Tindall, London.
Birnabaum, F., Coplon, J.,and Scharff, T.( 1973,) Crisis Intervention after a
Natural Disaster”, Social Case Work, Vol. 54, No.9, 545.551
Carson, Butcher, J. & Mineka, S. (2000). Abnormal Psychology and Modern
Life. Boston: Allyn & Bacon - Chicago: Nelson-Hall.
Carson Robert C Butcher,(2005), Abnormal Psychology, Byword Viva
Publishers, New Delhi.
Coleman James. C, 1975 Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life,
D.B. Taneporevela, Mumbai.
130
Davidoff L.L. (1981). Introduction to Psychology London: McGraw Hill Inc.
Book Inc .Co.
Davison, G. & Neale, J. (2004). Abnormal Psychology. New York: Wiley
Desouza.A, (1975). Psychiatry in India, Bhalani Book Depot
Medical Booksellers, Mumbai
Feldman, Robert S.( 1999) Understanding Psychology, New Delhi, Tata
McGraw Publishing Comp. Ltd,.7 West Patel Nagar.
Hayes, Nicky, (1994). Foundation of Psychology: An introductory Text.
London
Hayes, Nicky (2011), Applied Psychology made simple, Hodder Education.
London
Hutchison, E. (2007). Dimensions of Human Behavior: Person and
Environment. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications, Inc.
Jacob, K,S, Kuruvilla Anju (2010) Psychiatric Presentation in General Practice :
A guide to Holistic Management. Byword Books. Delhi.
Keniston Allen (ed.). (1998). Perspectives: Life Span Development. Madison:
Coursewise Publishing Inc.
Lindgren , H.C Byme, D. (1971). Psychology: An Introduction to Behavioural
Sciences New York: John Wiley and Sons Inc
Mangal, S.K. (1988) . General Psychology, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers
(P) Ltd
Mangal, S.K. (2008). Abnormal Psychology. City: Sterling Publishers Pvt.Ltd.
Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J (2004) Introduction to
Psychology. New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw-Hill book Co.
Needhan, Alix (2002). Stress Management Kit” Connection Book Publishing Ltd:
St. Chads House, 148Kings Cross Road London
Newman B.M., Newman P.R. (1999). Development through life: a Psychosocial
approach. Wardsworth, New York
W.H.O. (1994). ICD 10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders.
Oxford University Press
Zastrow, C.&K.(2010). Understanding Human Behavior and the Social
Environment. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.
SEMESTER II
MSW 402 P - VII
COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION AND SOCIAL ACTION
Course Objectives:
Develop competence to undertake critical and holistic analysis of social issues and
community dynamics.
131
Enhance understanding of the models and strategies of Participatory Community organization Practice.
To develop skills of community problem analysis and problem solving
Develop an attitude of concern, commitment and social responsibility to work among the subaltern groups and communities.
Course Content:
UNIT – I
CONCEPTS AND MODELS OF COMMUNITY ORGANISATION
Concept of Community, Community Work, Community Organization and
Community Development: Historical and emerging perspectives, principles and
application.
Western Models of Community Work Practice: Rothman‟s three models –
locality development, social planning and social action, Radical structural
change models.
Gandhian method of organizing: Satyagraha, Civil disobedience and philosophy
of non violence, Phule, Ambedkar perspective on addressing subaltern
communities.
Similarities and difference between community organization and community
development
Roles of Community organization practitioners.
Skills and competencies required for community organization practice.
UNIT – II
COMMUNITY POWER DYNAMICS:
Community Power Structure: Concepts – Power, community power structure.
Aspects and Bases of power
Power dynamic in Indian Rural communities.
Power dynamics in Urban communities
Caste, class, inequality in relation to power dynamics.
Concept and process of Empowerment
UNIT – III
COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION PROCESS:
Fact finding -Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) Needs assessment study
Analysis of planned change- problem analysis (causes & effects)
Discussion, Organization, Planning - analysis of planned change (force field)
force field analysis SWOT analysis
Planning and Resource Mobilization;
Intervention –use of strategies
Reflection, Evaluation, Modification and Continuation.
132
UNIT IV
SOCIAL ACTION METHOD:
Social Action as a Method of Social Work
Social Action : Meaning and définitions, Principles and Process of Social
Action
Strategies and techniques and skills of Social Action
Social Change and social Justice, multiculturalism and Social Inclusion – as
essential dimensions of the Rights Based Approach (RBA)
Emerging Trends in Community Organization –Globalization, Gender
sensitivity, Marginalized groups
Role of social worker in facilitating social action
References:
Alinskey, S.O.,1971 : Rules for Radicals, New York: Random House
Arthur Dunham.: Community Welfare Organisation- Principles and Practice
Barua, Jayanthi2001: Social mobilization, Modern society,New Delhi: Mittal
Publishers
Bharadwaj –Bedal, Sangeeta 2009: Gender, Social Structure and
Empowerment: Status Report of Women in India, Jaipur and Delhi: Rawat
Publications
Brager, G. and Specht, H.1969: Community Organization, New York:
Columbia University Press.
Burton, P2003: Community involvement in neighbourhood regeneration:
stairway to heaven or road to nowhere? www.neighbourhoodcentre.org
Butcher Hugh & Banks Sarah.: Critical Community Practice
Cadler,G2003: Communitarianism and new labour www.dhb.co.uk social
issues
Chambers, Robert, 1997 : Whose Reality Counts: Putting the First Last,ITDG
Publishing
Chatterjee, Partha2004: The Politics of the Governed: Reflection in Popular
Politics in most of the World, New Delhi: Permanent Black
Collin, T2002: Community development and state building: A shared project,
Community development journal, vol.37, Jan. pp91-100
Cox, M. et al (eds) 1974 : Strategies of Community Organization: A book for
readings, Illinois: P .E. Peacock
Desrochers, John: Development, Human Rights and Action Groups, Bangalore:
Centre for Social Action.
Ernest B. Harper & Arthur Dunham .: Community Organisation in Action
Fals Borda & Rahman M.A. (ed) 1991: Action & Knowledge: Building the
Monopoly with participatory Action-Research, New York
133
Fine, J. 2006: Workers Centres : Organizing Communities at the Edge of the
Dreams, London : ILR Press
Gangrade K. D.1971: Community Organisation in India, Bombay: Popula
Prakashan.
Green Duncan, 2008: From Poverty to power – How Active Citizens and
Effective
States can change the World, New Delhi: Academic Foundation
Henderson Paul & Thomas David M., 1981: Readings in Community work,
London: George Allen & Enwin
Hines, C, 2000: Localisation: A global manifesto, London: Earthscan
Hunter, F, 1953 : Community Power Structure, Chapel Hill: University of North
California Press
John G. Sommer, 2001: Empowering the oppressed: Grassroots Advocacy
Movements in India, Sage : New Delhi
Kumar Somesh, 2002: Methods for Community Participation: A Complete
Guide for Practitioners, New Delhi : Visthar
Lou Turner and John Alan (eds) 1986: Frantz Fanon, Sowito & American Black
Thoughts, Chicago: News & Letters Publications.
Manuel, Castells, 1997: The Power of Identity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers
Mayo, M & Craig G. (eds): Community Empowerment: A Reader in
Participation and Development, Zed Books: London
Mayoux, L., 1998: Women‟s Empowerment and Micro Finance Programmes:
Approaches, Evidences and Ways Forward, DPP Working Paper No. 41,
Milton Keynes: Open University.
Mendonza, W & D‟Souza, John, 2002: The Land & Winding Road, From
Structural Change to Structural Transformation: Backgrounder on N.G.O.‟s and
People‟s Movements: CEO, Bangalore
Mosley Paul & Hume David1998: “Microenterprise Finance: Is There a
Conflict between Growth and Poverty Allevation”? World Development, Vol
26, No. 5
M P Boraian 2008 Community development and out reach approach Anmol
publications pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
Murthy, S. Ranjani (ed)2001: Building Women‟s Capacities: Interventions in
Gender Transformations, New Delhi: Sage
Nagaraj D.R.1993: The Flaming Feet: A Study of the Dalit Movement, South
Forum Press, Bangalore.
Nair, K.S. & Ascroft J. (eds)1994: Participatory Communication: Working For
Change and Development, New Delhi: Sage Publications
Nish Chaudhary 2010Social welfare and Community Development
Nuijten M, 2003: Power, Community and the State, Pluto Press
Patel, Vibhuti, ed, 2009: Discourse on Women and Empowerment, Delhi: The
Women Press
134
Paul Henderson & David N. Thomas : Readings in Community Work.
Paulo, 2003: National occupational standards for community development
work, available at ww.communitydevelopmentlearning.org.uk
Polson and Sanderson, 1979: Rural Community Organisation, New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
PRIA 2002: Participatory Research: Revisiting the Roots, New Delhi: Society
for Participatory Research in Asia.
PRIA1991: Work and Empowerment : Manual for Activists, New Delhi: PRIA
PRIA,2000: Doing Research with People, New Delhi: Society for Participatory
Research in Asia.
Rahman Aminur,1999: Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable
Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1, January PP 67-
82
Rappaport J, Swift C., Hess R. (eds) : Structures in Empowerment: Steps
Towards Understanding and Action, New York: Haworth Press
Reason P, 2002: Justice, sustainability and participation: Inaugural lecture,
Available at the http://[email protected]
Robson T., 2000: The state and community action, London: Pluto
Ross, Murray G. 1967: Community Organisation: Theory, Principles and
Practice, New York: Harper and Row.
Roy, Indrajit, 2002: “Community, Organization and Representation :
Implications for Development” E.P.W. August 31.
R.S. Pandey 2010:Communitisation – The third way of governance
Concept publishing company pvt. Ltd. New Delhi - 110059
Samuel H. Taylor and Robert W. Robert: Theory and Practice of Community
Social Work.
Sharma, Subhash, 2009 : Why People Protest: An Analysis of Ecological
Movements, New Delhi : Publications Division, Ministry of Information and
Broadcasting, Govt. of India
Sharp, J. P., P. Routledge, P. Chris and R. Addison (ed), 2000: Entanglements
of Power : Geographies of Domination/Resistence, Routledge
Shaw, M ,2004: Community work: policy, politics and practice,
Hull:Universities of Hull & Ediburgh
Siddique, M. & R. Khwaja, 2008: The Acrobatics of Change: Concepts,
Techniques and Strengths and Execution, London: Response Books
Siddiqui, H.Y. (ed), 1984: Social Work and Social Action, New Delhi: Harnam
Publications.
Sukhadeo Thorat, 2009: Dalits in India: Search for a common destiny, Sage
Publications
Taylor, M, 2000: Top down meets bottom up: Neighbourhood Management,
Joseph Rowntree Foundation
135
Thomson, M,2003: Promoting Equality: Challenging discrimination and
openness with Human Services, London: Mac Millan
Ujjwal Singh (ed): Human Rights and Peace, Delhi: Sage
Urs, Kshithij and Richard Whittell, 2009 : Resisting Reform? Water Profits and
Democracy, New Delhi: Sage Publications
Vivek Rampal 2009Social Work and Community Development
SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN WORKING WITH FAMILIES AND
COMMUNITIES MSW 412 P-VIII
Course Objectives:
1. To sharpen the skills and techniques required to work with families
2. Understand the process and skills of working with community
3. Bring out a module to work with families and communities
4. Develop an attitude of concern, commitment and social responsibility to work
among the subaltern groups
Course Content:
UNIT I
UNDERSTAND THE SKILLS TECHNIQUES AND INTERVENTIONS OF
FAMILY CENTERED SOCIAL WORK
Globalization and Families
Family Life Cycle
Life enrichment
Family Empowerment
Protection of Human Rights
Quality of Life Indicators
UNIT II
UNDERSTAND THE FAMILY DYNAMICS
Power
Myths
Roles
Changing Family Structure
Changing situations in Marriage
Vulnerability in families
136
UNIT III
UNDERSTAND STEPS AND THE PROCESS OF COMMUNITY WORK
Skills acquisition in Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)
Use of PRA Techniques in Field Work
Testing the principles
Familarising the techniques of PRA
Analysis of one NGO & one CBO
Micro credit analysis-Practical
UNIT IV
DEVELOPING MODULES TO ENRICH FAMILY AND COMMUNITIES
Family Life Education
Building Effective Communication and Skills in Families
Life Skill Education
Work Life Balance
Time Management
Stress Management
References:
Butcher Hugh & Banks Sarah.: Critical Community Practice,Sage publications
Kumar Somesh, 2002: Methods for Community Participation: A Complete
Guide for Practitioners, New Delhi : Visthar
Mary Jenis, 2015:Voices of the Vulnerable,School of Social Work , Roshni
Nilaya , Mangalore
Murthy, S. Ranjani (ed)2001: Building Women‟s Capacities: Interventions in
Gender Transformations, New Delhi: Sage publications
PRIA 2002: Participatory Research: Revisiting the Roots, New Delhi: Society
for Participatory Research in Asia.
PRIA1991: Work and Empowerment : Manual for Activists, New Delhi: PRIA
PRIA,2000: Doing Research with People, New Delhi: Society for Participatory
Research in Asia.
Rahman Aminur1999: Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable
Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1, January PP 67-
82
137
MSW 432 P-X.1
RURAL TRIBAL AND URBAN SOCIETIES IN INDIA
Course Objectives:
Develop ability to study and analyze the historical and emerging trends in
tribal, rural and urban societies through critical application of social science
perspectives.
Develop sensitivity and commitment to work among the disadvantaged
rural/tribal communities.
Acquire understanding of the strategies, skills and techniques required to
facilitate participatory, sustainable and integrated development of rural, tribal
and urban communities.
Understand governmental and non-governmental initiatives for rural, tribal and
urban development.
Course Content:
UNIT I
RURAL SOCIETIES
Concept of rural, tribal, urban distinctions and continuities
Issues of concern in rural areas: Livelihood insecurity and poverty, out-
migration, depeasantisation and prolitarianisation, indebtedness, Agrarian
struggles and New Social movements.
Situation of marginalised sections, dalits, tribal‟s, backward castes and
minorities, women and children in the villages.
Rural Development: Perspectives and approaches
Government structures for Rural and Tribal Development- Ministries,
Departments and commissions (Central and State) and Panchayati Raj
Government Programmes: Sectoral, target group and area development.
Recent programmes and trends – Rehab Act
UNIT II
TRIBAL SOCIETIES
Concept of tribe, adivasi, aborigines and indigenous groups
Tribal‟s in India: Demographic profile in various geographic locations,
Extinction.
Tribal social institutions and cultures: Case studies.
Issues facing tribals: Survival, Rights over forests land, livelihood and food
security, health, education, development
Current trends regarding displacement, resettlement of Tribals and violation of
human rights.
Tribal distress, unrest and tribal, peasant, ecological and new social movements.
138
UNIT III
URBAN SOCIETIES
Concept of urbanization, urbanism, urban industrial syndrome, urban
development and urban community development
Urban Situation : Demographic, economic, governance, socio-cultural, Urban
Infrastructure and urban services
Slums: Profile, proliferation, slum sub-culture, evictions and human rights
violation and Urban environmental issues
State agencies and local Government institutions in urban community
development.
Urban social services and development programmes
National Building Code : Critical analysis
UNIT IV
NON-GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN RURAL, TRIBAL AND URBAN
DEVELOPMENT
Perspectives and Approaches of N.G.O.‟s
Programmes and processes initiated through N.G.O‟s
Impact of N.G.O interventions: Urban, Tribal and Rural Case studies.
Voluntary Organization and Council for Advancement of people‟s Action and
Rural Technology (CAPART); Objectives, schemes;
NABARD: Objectives and programmes: Banks in relation to development
Role of social worker in facilitating participatory change in rural, tribal and
urban communities
References for Rural and Tribal Development:
Boraian M P 2008 Community development and outreach approach Anmol
publications pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
Chaudhuri, B (ed.) : Tribal Development in India,: B.R. Publishing, Delhi
Chaudhary Nisha- ed :(2011):Social Work & Community Development, Murari
Lal,Sons New Delhi
Desrochers, John: Development, Human Rights and Action Groups, Bangalore:
Centre for Social Action.
Furer- Haimenderf C.1989: Tribes of India: The struggle for survival. Delhi:
Oxford University Press
G0l, 2000 : Report of the task force to study the functioning of cooperative
credit system & suggest measures for its strengthening: Ministry of Finance :
New Delhi
139
Government of India . 2005: Report of the task force on revival of rural
cooperative credit institutions, New Delhi: Ministry of Finance,
Government of India.
Herring, Ronald. J.Y. 198: Land to the Tiller: The Political Economy of
Agrarian Reform in South Asia, Delhi: Oxford University press.
Mishra 2001 : Empowering people: Grass root organizations and Rural
Development Karnataka publication, New Delhi:
Mishra R K 2013: Urbanisation and Environment in India Avon Publications
New Delhi.
Pradeep Kumar Johari 2005: social work for community Development ,
Anmol publications New Delhi 110002
Rajapurohit, A.R. (eds) 1984 : Land Reforms in India Ashish Publishing
House , New Delhi:
Ramachandran, H. (ed) 1991: Environmental Issues in Agricultural
Development New Delhi: Concept Publishing.
Radhakrishna, Meena 2001: Dishonoured by History: Criminal Tribes and
British Colonial Policy, Hyderabad: Orient Longmen.
Rao, M.S.A (ed) 1984 : Social Movement in India: Studies in Peasant
Backward classes, Sectarian, Tribal and Women‟s Movement, New Delhi:
Manohar Publications
Riley, John M, 2002: Stakeholders in Rural Development: Critical
Collaboration in State. NGO Partnerships, Sage. New Delhi:
Paulo, 2003 : National occupational standards for community development
work, available at ww.communitydevelopmentlearning.org.uk
Rahman Aminur 1999 : Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable
Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1,January PP 67-82
Samuel H.Taylor and Robert W.Robert: Theory and Practice of Community
Social Work.
Sharma, B.U, 1995 : Whither Tribal Areas – Delhi, Sahyog Pustak Kutir:
Vivek Rampal 2009 :Social Work and Community Development
References for Urban Development:
Aziz, Abdul 1984 : Urban poor and Urban informal sector New Delhi: Ashish
publishing House
Cox, Fred, et. Al ( 1977) : Tactics and Techniques of Community Practice,
Illinois: Peacock Publishers
Desai, A.R. & Pillai S.D. (eds) 1990 : Slums and Urbanization, Mumbai:
Popular Prakashan
Desai, Angina(1985) : Environmental perception – The human factor in urban
planning, New Delhi: Hashish Publishing house
140
Desrochers, John (ed) : India‟s Growing slums, Bangalore:Centre for Social
Action
Diddee Jayamala Rangaswamy, Vimal , 1993 : Urbanisation. Trends,
perspectives & challenges, Jaipur: Rawat Publications
Ghosh, Archana 2003 : Urban Environment – Local Government and
Community Action, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company
Jayapalan, N 2002 : Urban Sociology, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors
K.K. Bhatnagar, K.K. Gadeode 2007 : Urban Development and Administration
Aalekh Publishers: Jaipur
Ledwith, M 2006 (1st edition 2005) : Community Development: A Critical
Approach Bangalore: Rawat publication
Misra K. Girish & M.K. Naran, 1989 : Development programmes for urban
poor, New Delhi: Indian Institute of public administration
Nagpaul, Hans 1996 Modernisation & Urbanisation in India New Delhi:
Rawat publications.
Sathpal, Puliani 2000: The Karnataka Town & Country Planning Act, 1961,
Bangalore: Karnataka Law Journal Publications.
Sharma, K. Rajendra 2004 : Urban Sociology New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers
and Distributors
Shashidhar, H 2001 : Census of India 2001. GOI
Singh, Sandhu Ravinder(Editor), 2003 : Urbanisation in India – Sociological
Contributions New Delhi: Sage Publications
Thudipara, Z. Jacob 1993 : Urban Community Development, Jaipur: Rawat
Publications
Tiwari, R.S 1997 : Role of informal sector in Urban communities, Mumbai:
Himalaya publishing House
JOURNALS:
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol: XLII, May-June 2007
Social Change, Vol: 36, December 2006
The Indian Journal of Social Work, Vol. 67, July 2006
MSW 432 P-X.2
HEALTH AND MENTAL HEALTH ISSUES
Course Objectives:
Develop an Understanding of the holistic concept of Health and Mental health
Acquire knowledge of socio cultural factors influencing health and mental
health Understanding of Common Physical Ill health issues
Develop a knowledge of clinical psychopathology
Understanding major health and mental health policies and programmes
141
Course Content:
UNIT I
UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT OF HEALTH
Concept of health , Components : Physical, psychological , emotional ,social
and spiritual
Determinants of health and indicators of health
Socio economic and cultural factors that influence health status
Health status of people in India and critical review of health and five year
plans
Understanding health from the Human rights perspective
Concept of Community health, preventive and primitive ,social and
community medicine
UNIT II
COMMUNICABLE AND NON COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
Etiology, Symptoms, treatment of Respiratory Infections - Chickenpox,
Measles, Mumps, Diphtheria, Tuberculosis
Intestinal Infections – Poliomyelitis, Cholera and Typhoid
Arthropod Infections - Malaria, Filiriasis and Dengue
Non communicable diseases - Coronary Heart Diseases, Hypertension,
Diabetes - Impact of these Non Communicable Illness on the Individual and
family
Life Style illnesses and its impact on the Younger Generation
Medico Social Case Work (Practical) – Role of Clinical Social Worker
UNIT III
UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT MENTAL HEALTH:
History and growth of Psychiatry. Traditional and Modern attitude towards
psychiatric illness
Concept of Mental health and characteristics of mentally healthy person
Factors influencing mental health. Brain, Nervous System and mental health
Socio economic and cultural aspects of mental health
Mental Health Services in India
Mental health and Human rights
UNIT IV
SCIENCE OF MENTAL ILLNESS
Disorders of perception, thought, speech, memory, emotion, , consciousness and
Motor
Classification in psychiatry - DSM V and ICD 10
Classification and symptoms of psycho-pathology in children and adults
142
Critical analysis of Indian lunacy Act 1912 and Mental Health Act 1987, Mental
Health Care Bill 2013.
National Mental Health Policy 2014
Practical in Psychiatric Interviewing - Case history recording and Mental
Status Examination – Role of a Clinical Social Worker
References:
Ahuja Niraj (2002). Short Textbook of Psychiatry Jaypee Brother Medical
Publisher, New Delhi
Anderson R. & Bury M. (Eds), (1988). : Living with Chronic Illness – The
Experience of Patients and their Families: London: Unwin Hyman
Ajit, (2005). Social Dimensions of Health, Rawat Publications, New Delhi
Bajpai, (1998). Social Work Perspectives on Health, Rawat Publications, New
Delhi
Branon Linda: Jess Feist (2004). “Health Psychology- An Introduction to
Behaviour and Health” Thomas Learning Inc; USA
Cockerham William C (2000). Medical Sociology, Prentice Hall
David Marks: Michael Murray (2005). Health Psychology- Theory, Research
and Practice” Sage Publication India Pvt, Mathur Road, New Delhi
Desjariasi, R et. Al (eds) (1995). World Mental Health: Problems & Priorities in
Low Income countries, London: Oxford University Press
Goel, S L. (2004). Health care policies and programmes:Health care system and
management-2, Deep & Deep Publications
M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003).Textbook of Preventive and Social
Medicine, Jaypee Brothers
Park K. (2009). Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers
Sekar .K, Prakshi Rajaram, Rameela Shekhar and Mubarak A.R (ed) (2010).
Women and Mental Health, NIMHANS, Bangalore.
MSW 432 P-X.3
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives:
To understand HRM as a profession.
To understand the role of HRM in business
To equip learners with knowledge, skills, attitude, professional competencies
and social sensitivities essential for a successful career in HRM.
To integrate the knowledge obtained from theory with the practice.
143
Course Content:
UNIT – I
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT
Concept, scope and applicability of Human Resource Management- HR as a
profession (Strategic Role – Basics)
Structure, functions, mechanisms of HRM.
Functional area of Human Resource Management.
Role, characteristics and skill essentials of Human Resource Managers.
International HRM.
HRM in a dynamic environment – Basic concepts and trends.
UNIT –II
BASICS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT PRACTICE
Procurement of Personnel – Human Resource Planning, Recruitment, selection.
Talent Management – Acquiring, nurturing and retaining talent in knowledge
based economy- issues, challenges and approaches.
Mobility of people – concept of promotion, transfer, separation – Management
and issues.
Wage determination and Administration – Pay roll management, and
deductions – issues and challenges. Fringe benefits, profit bonus, pay for
performance and competency based pay.
Social Compliance Audit and HR Audit.
Competency Development and Management.
UNIT - III
CONTEMPORARY HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT
Process, benefits and relevance of strategic HR.
Human Resource - The Strategic Business Partner.
Mergers and acquisitions – Concept, meaning, process and issues.
Human Factors in mergers and acquisitions.
Employee engagement and Climate/Engagement Surveys – Meaning, concept
and best practices.
Bench marking – Meaning, concept and purpose.
UNIT – IV
CARREER DEVELOPMENT
Career development and succession planning - Concept and changing aspects.
Mentoring and employee development – Concept and issues.
Performance Management System – Meaning, Methods, Merits and limitations.
Quality Management System and its significance – ISO Standards
Employee Counseling – Relevance and Practice.
Corporate Social Responsibility – Relevance and challenges, Company Act
with reference to CSR.
144
References:
K.B Akhilesh,(2006). Enabling execution excellence - Himalaya Pub House
Abraham, E, (1988). Alternative approaches and strategies of Human
Resource Development, Jaipur: Rawat Publications
Agarwal, Naik Banerjee (2003). Personnel Management & Industrial
Relations, Meerat: Pragathi Publications.
Agarwae, R.D. (1973). Dynamics of Personnel Management in India, Delhi:
Tata McGraw Hill.
Aquinas, P.G. (2005). Personnel Management, Mangalore: Sita Publishing
House
Aswathappa K, (2002). Human Resource & Personnel Management, Tokyo:
Tata McGraw Hill
Alan Barkar, (1997). How to hold better meetings – Magan Page Ltd
Alan Barkar,(2005). Creativity for Managers Excel books. Magan Page Ltd
Armstrong Angela,(2007). Strategic HRM - Barn Jaico Pub house
Armstrong and Murlis(2007). Reward Management – Kagan Page
K Ashwathappa,(2002). Human Resource and Personnel Management Tata
– Mc Graw Publication 3rd Edition
Britt and Boyd,(1999). Marketing and Administrative Action 3rd Edition –
Mac Glaw
Bhaskar Chatterjee, (2004). Human Resource Management Sterling
Publishers
Bhargava P.P, (1990). Issues in Personnel Management, Print well
Publishers
Beardwell Ian Len Holden, (1995). Human Resource Management, De Mont
fort University
Bhagoliwal T.N., (1996). Personnel Management & Industrial Relations,
Agra: Sahithya Bhavan Publications,
Bhaskar Chattergi, (2004). Human Resource Management, New Delhi:
Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd
Cole, G.A. Personnel Management, Theory & Practice, London: D.P.
Publications
Cushway & lodge (2001). Organizational Behaviour and Design, NewDelhi:
Inst Publishing house
Cushway, (2001). Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Crest
Publishing house
Cascio F Waynes, (2004). Managing Human Resources, New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hill
Chaudhri K.K (1998). Personnel Management for Executives, New Delhi:
Himalaya Publishing House
145
Cynthia D. Fisher, (1998). Human Resource Management, Chennai: All
India Publishers and Distributors
Davar R. S, (1980). Personnel Management & Industrial Relations, New
Delhi: Vikas Publishing House
Davis, Keith, (1983). Human Behaviour at work, New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill
Dyer, W.G, (1987). Team Building, London: Addison Wisley
Edwin B. Fillipo, (1984). Personnel Management, New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill
Flippo, Edwin B, (1981). Principles of Personnel Management, Tokyo:
McGraw Hill
Gary, Dessler (2003). Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Pearson
Education Pvt Ltd
G.R.Krishna, (1993). Human Resource Management in Multinationals,
Delhi: Kaniska Publishing House
Herbert G. Heneman, (2000). Personnel Management & Human Resource
Management, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall
Ian Beardwell & Len Holden, (1998). Human Resource Management- A
Contemporary Perspective, New Delhi: Published by McMillan India Ltd.
Mary P Jenis,(2014). Resource Management in Social Work Practice–
Adelaide Publications
Mamoria C.B, (1989). Personnel Management, Bombay: Himalaya
Publishing House
McGregor, Douglas, (1964). The Human side of Enterprise, New York:
McGraw Hill book Co.
Mornsey G.L, (1972). Appraisal & Development, the objectives & results,
London: Addisson Wilsey
P Subba Rao, Publication and Human Resource Management Text and
Cases – Himalaya Publication
Paul & Ken (1999). Management of Organizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd.
Rao, T.V. Strategies of Developing Human Recourses; Experiences from 14
organizations. IIM Ahmedabad
Rao, V.S.P, (2006). Human Resource Management Text and Cases, Excel
Book, New Delhi
Sharma K.K. Organization Behaviour, New Delhi: Deep & Deep
Publications
Subroto Bagchi (2008) Go kiss the world. Penguin India.
Subroto Bagchi (2009). The Professional. Penguin India.
Subroto Bagchi (2006). The High Performance Entrepreneur. Penguin India.
146
MSW 442 P-XI.1
EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL TRANSFORMATION
Course Objectives:
Develop critical perspective on the systems of formal as well as non formal
education including adult continuing education.
Develop understanding of the concepts, goals, principles, programmes as well
as methods of alternative education as a facilitating process.
Acquire skills in designing and conducting educational programmes for varied
groups of disadvantaged learners.
Develop understanding of Social Worker's role in the field of education and
community medicine.
Course Content:
UNIT – I
CONCEPT AND CRITIQUE OF EDUCATION
Education: Concept and definition, Types of education: formal, non formal
and informal-Concept, characteristics and distinctions.
Functional education and functional literacy, Goals of education for social
transformation.
Schools in India: Historical background of child and youth education in India,
Policies on education.
Critique of formal system of education, perspective of Freire, Illich and Marx.
Gender issues in formal education.
Historical background of adult education in India. National policy on Adult
Education; National Literacy Mission; Total Literacy campaigns, Continuing
Education Programmes in India.
Present Educational System – An analysis.
UNIT II
THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES ON EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL
TRANSFORMATION
Gramsc‟s, Freire's and Illich‟s contribution to education for liberation;
Buddhist; Gandhian, Ambedkar‟s perspectives on education.
Perspectives and Approaches to adult literacy Andragogy and pedagogy and
Principles of adult learning, application of learning principles in the practice
of adult education.
Process of designing participatory adult education programmes:
Understanding the learners, Identifying and analyzing learning needs.
147
Formulating general and measurable objectives, Selecting appropriate content
Methods and materials in education
UNIT III
EXECUTION AND EVALUATION OF PARTICIPATORY ADULT
EDUCATION PROGRAMMES
Criteria and methodology for participatory and non-participatory evaluation.
Budgeting; Mobilization of human and material resources,
Scheduling, conducting, monitoring and evaluating the educational
programme.
Designing an educational project for competency enhancement of a
marginalized group. Case Studies - RnD
Formulating measurable instructional objectives and designing a project for an
educational programme.
Role of the Social Worker in the practice of adult education.
UNIT IV
COMMUNITY MEDICINE
Concept of health , determinants and indicators of health, Community Health
Prevention, levels of prevention, and modes of intervention
Health education and health promotion in the community
Nutrition and Balance Diet
Food preservation and sanitation of food
Communicable and non communicable diseases.
References:
Abhivyakti, (2005). For they have their own thoughts, Goa: Multiversity
Aggarwal, Yash (2002).“An Assessment of Trends in access and retention”;
New Delhi: National Institute of Educational planning and Administration:
Ambroise, Y & Britto, P.J.(2002). Methods of Non-Formal education,
Secunderabad : APSS Publication
Basu, B.D, (1989). History of education in India, New Delhi: Cosmo
Publications
Bhan Susheela N – (1980). NAEP, Delhi: Oxford University Press
Buzan, T., (2005). Buzan‟s Embracing change, B.B.C. Books
Casmir F.L. (1991). Communication in Development Morwood, N.J: Ablex
Chanana, Karuna, (ed) (1988). Socialisation, Education and Women:
Explorations in
148
Gender Identity, Delhi: Orient Longman
Coombs, P & Ahmed M, (1974). Attacking rural poverty: How Non Formal
Education can Help,Washington D.C: World Bank
Dahama O.P. & Bhatnagar O.P. (1991). Education and Communication for
Development New Delhi: Oxford
De Bono, Edward (1993). Serious Creativity: Using the power of Lateral
Thinking to create new idea, New Delhi : Harper Collins
De Bono, Edward (2004). How to Have a Beautiful Mind, London: Vermilion
De Bono, Edward, (1987). Six Thinking Hats, London: Penguin
Desai, I.P. & Gore, M.S. (eds) (1975). Sociology of Education in India, New
Delhi: NCET
Desrochers, John, (1987). Education for Social change Bangalore: Centre for
Social Action
Freire, Paulo, (1974). Education for Critical consciousness : London: Shed
and Ward
Freire, Paulo, (1974). Pedagogy of the oppressed, Hermondsworth, penguin
Books
Gamez, G. (2006). Creativity, How to catch lightning in a bottle, Mumbai:
Jaico Publishing House
Gramsci, A (1971). Selection from the prison Notebooks, New York:
Internationalist
Harry Alder (2006). Boast your creative Intelligence kogan page India Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi
Hill, D (ed) (2000). Education, education, education: Capitalism, Socialis and
“The third way”, London: Cassoll.
Illich, Ivan, (1974). Deschooling Society, New York: Harper & Row
Jesudasan I (1984). A Gandhian Theory of Liberation, New York:
Mary Knoll Kamath A.R, (1985). Education and Social Change in India,
Bombay: Somaiya Publications
Krishna Kumar and Oesterhald, J (eds), 2007 : Education and Social Change in
South Asia, New Delhi:
Journals:
Vimukti Shiksha – Adult Education and Development
149
MSW 442 P-XI.2
POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY IN CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK
Course Objectives:
To give an orientation to the learner in positive psychology as helping
professionals
To equip the learners with knowledge and skills to enhance multi intelligence
To promote positive thoughts, emotions and relationships with theoretical
inputs and practical sessions
To enhance life and to build their strengths
Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION
Meaning, definition and goals of Positive Psychology
Eastern and Western Perspectives on Positive Psychology
Positive Psychology and Social work
Positive Approaches in the Organization of Personality
Positive Psychology in Training, Development and Work
Practical: Administration and Analysis of “Inventory of the Intervention
Domain”
UNIT II
MULTI INTELLIGENCES
Physical Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies
Emotional Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies
Social Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies
Creative Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies
Spiritual Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies
Practical: Administration of Multi-intelligences - Tool and Analysis
UNIT III
POSITIVE SELF
Self Esteem: Meaning, Acquiring and affirming self Esteem
Virtues: Wisdom, Courage, Hope and Optimism,
Self –Efficacy: Meaning, Sources and Coping Strategies
Mindfulness: Meaning and Benefits
Happiness: Meaning, Types and Steps Happiness
Practical :“ Assessment of Human Strengths (Multiple Resources)”
150
UNIT IV
PERSONAL GROWTH AND HUMAN STRENGTHS
Empowerment of Individuals: Vision, Mission, Goals and Roles
Life Skills: Definition, types and Significance
Human Strengths: Meaning, types and strategies
Positive Change : Thoughts, Attitudes, Emotions
Positive Coping Strategies
Practical: “Assessment and analysis of Life Skills”
References:
Alan Carr (2002) Positive Psychology, London, Routeledge
Albrecht Karl, (2006). “Social Intelligence-The New Science of Success” New
Delhi: Wiley India Edition.
Bharwaney Geetu (2006). “Increase Your Emotional Intelligence”, Jaico
Publishing Bangalore
Borg James (2010). “Mind Power”. Pearson Education Ltd
Covey R.Stephen, Merrill A Roger, Merril Rebecca, (1994).First Things First,
Simon & Schuster UK Ltd, London, 1994.
Daniel Goleman, Bantam (1998). Working with emotional intelligence. Bantam
Books
David G.Myers (1993). The Pursuit of Happiness. Harper Paperworks.
Mishra K Rajive (2012). Personality Development, Rupa Publications
Monbourquette (2008). Self Esteem and the Soul, Novalias Publication
Prentiss Chris (2010). Be who you want have what you want, Power Press
Pareek Uadai, Rao Venkateswara (2000). First Handbook of Psychological and
Social Instruments.
Rajamanickam (1999). Contemporary fields of Psychology and Experiments.
Concept Publishing, New Delhi
Sandhan Team. Life Skills Education Training Manual, Jaipur
Seligman. (2002). Positive Psychology, Free Press
Snyder C.R & Lopez Shane J. (2007). “Positive Psychology-The Scientific and
Practical Explorations of Human Strengths” New Delhi: Sage Publications India
Pvt Ltd, 2007.
Schultz Duane (2012). Psychology and Work Today. Pearson Publication, New
Delhi
Spradlin E Scott (2003). Don‟t Let Your Emotions Run Your Life. Pearson
Publication, New Delhi
151
MSW 442 P-XI.3
LABOUR LAWS-I
Course Objectives:
To understand the Historical growth of Labour movement and Legislations in
India.
To understand the administrative and judicial set up of labour in India.
To develop conceptual clarity on various legislations pertaining to conditions of
labour in India
To provide in depth knowledge of labour laws with regard Industrial Relations
and their impact in major industrial and service sectors.
Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION
History and Development of Labour Legislation in India
Importance and purpose of Labour Legislation
Labour Policy of India
Principles of Labour Legislation
Constitution of India and labour law.
Social justice and Human rights from Labour perspective.
UNIT II
ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE OF LABOUR LEGISLATION
Administrative setup and judicial systems in relation to labour laws.
Classification of Labour Laws in India.
Understanding the organization, structure and functions of the Department of
Labour.
Social Security system in India.
Women labour and the law.
International Labour Organisation (ILO).
152
UNIT III
LAWS PERTAINING TO SERVICE CONDITIONS
The Factories Act, 1948
Object & Scope, Application and Major provisions
The Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishment Act, 1961
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970.
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Plantation Labour Act,1951
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Mines Act, 1952
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and Filing of Returns
UNIT IV
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND OTHER LAWS
The Trade Unions Act, 1926
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Industrial Establishment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Workmen‟s Compensation Act, 1923
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Apprentices Act, 1941
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and Filing of Returns
References:
Garg. Ajay (2012). Nabhis Labour Laws, Nabhis Publication, New Delhi.
Giri V. V. (1958). Labour Problems in Indian Industry Madras: Asia Publishing
House
Kapoor N.D, (1992). Element of Industrial law New Delhi: Sultan Chand &
Sons
Kumar H.N. Law relating to Strikes, Gherao & Demonstrations,
Malhotra O.P. (1985). Industrial Disputes Act 1947, Lucknow: East law book
company
Moorthy M.V. (1968). Principles of Labour Welfare Vizg: Gupta Brothers
Mutalik Desai and Rairkar, B.R. (1978). Labour Welfare and Industrial
Relations Bombay: Noble Publishing House
153
Punekar, Deodhar and Sankaran, (1980). Trade Unionism Industrial Relation
and Labour Welfare Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House
Sachdeva Anil. (1999). Industrial and Labour Laws, Rajasthan Law Publishing,
Jodhpur
Saxena, R.C. (1961). Labour Problems and Social Welfare Meerat:
Jaiprakashnath & Co Silvera, D.M (1991). Human Resource Development A
Indian experience New Delhi: New India Publications
Singh B D, (2009). Labour Laws for Managers, Excel Books, New Delhi
Srivastav, K.N., (1954). Industrial Peace & Industrial Relations,Allahabad:
Kitab Mahal
Srivastava, K.D. Commentories on Factories Act 1970 New Delhi: Deep &
Deep publication
Taxman. (2012). Labour Laws, Taxman Publishing House, New Delhi
Vaid K.N., (1965). Labour Welfare in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House
Vaid K.N., (1970). State and Labour in India ,Madras: Asia Publishing House
Journal : Labour Law Journal, Journal of Industrial Relations
Bare Act : Published by various law Agencies like Allahabad Law , Delhi Law
House & Eastern Book Company
MSW P-OE 2.1 [OPEN ELECTIVE]
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN HUMAN SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS
Course Objectives:
To give an overall understanding of various dimensions of resource
management
To give an increased understanding of the human, non-human and organizations
resources available in the Human service organizations
To equip the learners with needed skills and knowledge to identity the
intangible resources and its effect in the functioning of the organization
To equip the growing professions to access, utilize, mobilize, develop the
resource in reaching the goal in the organizations settings
Course Content:
UNIT –I
INTRODUCTION
Organization: Meaning, Concept and Classifications
Human Service Organizations: Concept, History, Functions and Typology
Vision, Mission, Goals and Roles in Human Service Organizations
Resource Management: Meaning, Concept, History and Types
Human Resource Efficacy: Meaning, Sources and Coping Strategies
Development and Training in Human Service Organizations
154
UNIT-II
MODELS, THEORIES AND APPROACHES OF HUMAN SERVICE
ORGANISATIONS
DNA Model
5 R Model
Transformational and Transactional Theory
XY Management Theory
Approach in the organization of personality
Practical: Achievement Motivation Test for growing Professionals
UNIT-III
DIMENSIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES
Skills Management
Knowledge Management
Value Management
Management of Motivation
Work Culture
Organization of Structure
UNIT-IV
MANAGING NON – HUMAN RESOURCES
Time Management
Management of Technology
Management of Finance
Problem Management
Professional burnout and Constrains in Human Service
Case Study- Resource Management in Human Service Organizations
References:
Adair John (2003). Time Management and personal development, New Delhi :
Viva Books Pvt Ltd
Abhay Saxena (2012). Human Values and Professional Ethics, Wisdom
Publication, New Delhi
Covey R.Stephen, Merrill A Roger, Merril Rebecca, (1994) First Things First,
Simon & Schuster UK Ltd, London, 1994.
Jenis Mary (2011) Thesis. Resource Management in Human Service
Organisations.
Jenis Mary (2013). Resource Management in Social Work Practice, Adelaide
Research Publication Centre, School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore
Kandasami M (1997). “Governance and Financial Management in Non Profit
Organizations”
155
Katz L Robert (1995) . “Skills of an Effective Administrator” Harvard
Business Review
Khanka S.S. (2000). “Human Resource Management – Text and Cases”, Chand
& Company, New Delhi
Koontz Harold (2007) . “Essential of Management” New Delhi, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd
Lyle M. Spencer (2010). Competence at Work. John Wiley and Sons, New
Delhi
Luthens Fred (1995). Organizational Behavior New York: McGraw Hill
Maxwell C.John. The 21 Indispensable Qualities of a Leader, Three ESS
Publications, New Delhi
McGrath (2011). Basic Managerial Skills for All, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi
MC Dowell D.Stephen (2008). Managing the info sphere, Governance,
Technology and Cultural Practices in Motion
Mishra K Rajiv (2004). Personality Development –Transform yourself, Rupa
Publication
Schultz Duane (2012). Psychology and Work Today, Pearson, New Delhi
SEMESTER III
MSW 403-P-XII
SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH AND STATISTICS
Course Objectives:
Understand the role of Research as a method of Social Work Profession
Acquire research knowledge and skills to be able to undertake research project
independently.
Become familiar with some of the statistical techniques.
To apply statistical techniques in the field of Social Work Research and Social
Work Practice.
Course Content:
UNIT I
SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH
Meaning, objectives, Application of research and Research as a Science
Research Process(Formulation of Problem, Review of concepts, theories,
previous research findings, Formulation of Hypothesis, Formulation of
Research Design, Collection of Data, analysis and Interpretation of the data,
Reporting)
156
Problems formulation and Concept Construct (Problem Formulation:
Objectives, Sources, Need, Steps, and Techniques. Concept: Framework, Role)
Hypotheses and Variables ( Meaning, Types and Functions)
Ethics and quality of a researcher
Identifying the Research Problem Formulating the Hypothesis and Variables
(Practical)
UNIT II
RESEARCH METHODS AND TECHNIQUES
Types of Research and Research Design
Population, Universe and Sampling Need & Methods
Methods of Primary and Secondary Data Collection
Problems in Data Collection
Preparation of research Proposal format and Steps
Tool Construction and Administration(Practical)
UNIT III
DATA PROCESSING, ANALYSIS AND REPORTING
Case studies - Analysis
Focus Group Discussion, Analysis and interpretation
Data Processing (Editing, Coding, classification, Data Entry and Tabulation)
Analysis (Organizing the data, Graphs, charts and Tables-Univariate, Bivariate,
Trivariate, Multivariate) and Interpretation
Research Reporting
Preparation of Synopsis (Practical)
UNIT IV
STATISTICS UTILITY
Meaning, definition and Functions of Statistics in Social Work Researches
Scope and Limitations of Statistics
Central Tendency: Definition, Merits and Demerits
Utility of Statistical Tests (Mean, Mode, Median, Chi-square, Correlation, t-
Test, ANOVA, Regression, Factor analysis)
Data Management with Statistics Package for Social Sciences(SPSS)
SPSS (Practical )
157
References:
Ajai S. Gaur and Sanjaya S. Gaur, (2009), Statistical Methods for Practice and
Research: A Guide to Data Analysis using SPSS
Antony Joseph, (1986), Methodology for Research, Bangalore: Theological
Publications in India.
Asthana, B.N. (1976), Elements of Statistics, Allahabad: Chaitanya Publishing
House
Bajpai, (1992), Methods of Social Survey and Research, Kanpur, Kitab Ghar.
Blalock, Hubert, M., (1972): Social Statistics Tokyo: McGraw Hill Kogakusha
Ltd.
Britha, Mikkelsen, (1995), Methods for Development Work and Research,
New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Bruce, A. Chadwick, Howard M. Bahr, Stan L. Albrecht, (1984), Social Science
Research Methods, New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc.
Byari Ibrahim (2009) Business Statistics and Mathematics, Mangala
Publications. Bejai, Mangalore
Devendra, Thakur, (1993), Research Methodology in Social Sciences, New
Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications.
Feldman, Martha S. (1995), Strategies for Interpreting Qualitative Data, New
Delhi: Sage Publications.
Galtung J.(1967), Theory and Methods of Social Research London:
George Allen and Unwin Garrette H.E.(1971), Statistics in Psychology &
Education Bombay: Vakil Fiefer & Simons Pvt. Ltd.
Goldstein, Harris K. (1969), Research Standards and Methods for Social
Workers; Wheeling: Whitehall Co. Publishers.
Goode and Hatt (1952), Methods in Social Research New York: McGraw Hill
Gupta Mukul, Deepa Gupta (2011). Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt
Ltd, New Delhi
Hans Raj, (1985), Theory & Practice in Social Research, New Delhi: Surjeet
Publications
Hosker Ian, (2010), Statistics for Social Sciences, Viva Books Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi
Jaspal Singh (1991), Introduction to Methods of Social Research, New Delhi:
Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
Kothari, (1978), Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques; Madras:
Wiley Easter Ltd.
Marshall, Catherine & Rossman, Gretcher B. (1995), Designing Qualitative
Research (2nd edition), New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Mason J, (2002), Researching Your Own Practice: The Discipline of Noticing
McMillan N., (1952), Statistical Methods for Social Workers, Chicago:
University of Chicago Press
158
Mencher, Samuel, (1959), Research Methods in Social Work Education, New
York: Council of S. Work Edn.
Moser C.A., (1969), Survey Methods in Social Investigation, London:
Heinemann Educational Books Ltd.,
Polansky Norman A., (1960), Social Work Research Chicago: Univ. of Chicago
Press
Rajaraman D. and Rajaraman V., (1986), Computer Primer, New Delhi:
Ambika Publications
Ramachandran P., (1987), Missing values: Alternatives in Data Analysis;
Bombay: T.I.S.S.
Ramachandran, P., (1990), Issues in Social Work Research in India, Bombay:
Tata Institute of Social Sciences.
Ramachanrdan P., (1993), Survey Research for Social Work, A Primer.
Bombay; Institute for Community Organization Research
Reason P and Bredbury H (eds) , (2001), Handbook of Action Research:
Participatory Enquiry and Practice, London: Sage
Reichmann, W.J.,(1981), Use and abuse of Statistics, New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
Santosh Gupta, (1993), Research Methodology and Statistical Techniques,
New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications.
Selltiz, Claire, (1976), Research Methods in Social Relations,New York: Holt,
Rinehart & Winston
Shah P .V., (1977), Reporting Research, Ahmedabad: Rachana Prakashan.
Sirkin, R. Mark (1995), Statistics for the Social Sciences, New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
Society for Participatory Research in Asia (1995) Participatory Research: An
Introduction
(Participatory Research Network series No.3), New Delhi.
Swartz. Omar. (1997), Conducting Socially Responsible Research, New Delhi:
Sage Publications.
TISS, (1985), Special Issue on Research Methodology, Indian Journal of Social
Work Vol 46 No.3, Oct, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Bombay.
William Ellet (2007), Case Study Handbook , Harward Business Press
Young, Pauline V. (1946), Scientific Social Surveys and Research, New York:
Prentice Hall.
159
MSW 413-P-XIII.1
SKILL DEVELOPMENT:
COMMUNITY BASED INTERVENTION- SKILL DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives:
Develop skills to work among the disadvantaged rural/tribal communities.
Acquire the strategies, skills and techniques required to facilitate
participatory, sustainable and integrated development of rural, tribal and urban
communities
Acquire skills in designing and conducting educational programmes for varied
groups of disadvantaged learners in the community
Acquire knowledge and skills required to facilitate participatory project
management: Planning, execution, monitoring and evaluation
Course Content :
UNIT -I
INTRODUCTION
Resource mapping of a village: An exercise
Demographic analysis of rural
Demographic analysis of Tribal
Urban ward locality/community
Floating community
Refugees
UNIT -II
GROUP STUDY OF A MARGINALIZED COMMUNITY
Rural & urban community
Participant or Stakeholder Analysis
Budget estimates : Capital and Recurring
Gender Mainstreaming in project Formulation and Management
Behavior implication analysis
Gypsies` economic social and habitation activities
160
UNIT III
PROJECT DESIGNING
Formulating measurable instructional objectives and designing a project
for an educational programme
Self help group and young artisans
Designing and conducting an adult education workshop in the field
placement agency/community
Developing a resource person list.
Non formal education curriculum planning
Enhancing the marginalized learners for higher education.
UNIT IV
PRACTICAL ASSIGNMENT
An analysis of Government/N.G.O./ Corporate initiatives for rural, tribal
and urban community development
Urban social services-A study
National building code : Critical analysis
Identification of bio-diversity and plantation -an exercise
Health, hygiene and waste management –Green auditing
Social entrepreneurship for the marginalized
References:
Bamberger, Michael, 1988: The Role of Community participation in
Development planning and Project Management, EDI policy seminar
Report, No 13. Washington, D.C: The World Bank
Buch, M.N1993: Environmental consciousness & Urban planning,
Hyderabad: Orient Longmen
Dasgupta, Partha 2001: Human well – Being and the Natural Environment,
Delhi: Oxford University press
Fisher, U.F. 1997: Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over
India‟s Narmada River , New Delhi Publication
Ghosh, Archana2003: Urban Environment – Local Government and
Community Action, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company
Sharma, S.K, Malhotra S.L 1977: Integrated Rural Development:
Approach, Strategy and Perspectives New Delhi: Abhinav Publications
161
Mukherjee M, 2001: Participatory Learning and Action with 100 Field
Methods, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company
Mukherjee, N. 1993 : Participatory Rural Appraisal: Methodology And
Applications, New Delhi: Concept Publishers.
UNDP, 1988 : Development of Rural small Industrial Enterprise:
Lessons from Experience; Vienna: UNIDO
MSW 413-P-XIII.2
SKILL DEVELOPMENT:
INTERVENTIONS WITH INDIVIDUALS & FAMILIES WITH HEALTH
ISSUES
Course Objectives: 1. Introduce Intervention and skills needed for Medical Social Work Practice
2. Develop preventive, promotive and rehabilitative modules in the Health sector
3. Imbibe the concepts of prevention and promotive aspects in Mental Health field.
4. Develop modules of Health and Mental Health Care
Course Content:
UNIT I
APPLICATION OF SOCIAL WORK METHODS IN MEDICAL SETTINGS
Health as a prevention process
Health Promotion concepts
Psycho social dimensions of life style diseases such as diabetes and hyper
tension
Health of the elderly
Pain and Palliative Care
Health in Industry
UNIT II
COMMUNITY HEALTH
Developing a Health Education Module to prevent illness and promote health
Prepare preventive and promotive health modules for Schools and Industries
162
Use of Mass media in imparting Health Education
Use of Social Media and Network
AYUSH
Ethical Considerations in Health Field
UNIT III
APPLICATION OF SOCIAL WORK METHODS IN PSYCHIATRIC
SETTINGS
Understand the traditional mental health care practices in the district
Prevention & promotion of Mental Health services in Voluntary and
Government Settings
Mental Health Care in Correctional Setting
Mental Health Care in Industrial Setting
Mental Health Care in Educational Setting
Lifestyle Changes and Health Care
UNIT IV
PREVENTION AND PROMOTION OF MENTAL HEALTH
Suicide Prevention Programme
Student Enrichment Programme
Pre Marital and Marital Enrichment Programme
Family Enrichment Programme
Risk behaviour in Students
Geriatric care
References:
Antony John 2003: Psychotherapies in Counselling, Anugraha publications,
Nagarcoil
Anthony John 2004:Types of Counselling, Guru publications ,Dindigul
Anthony John 1995:Skills in Counselling, Anugraha publications, Nagarcoil
Capuzzi David ,Douglas R Gross,1999:Counselling and Psychotheraphy,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey,Ohio
M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003). Textbook of Preventive and Social
Medicine, Jaypee Brothers
Mishra, (2000) Indian Health Report, Oxford University Press, Delhi
163
Narayana, (1997) Health and Development, Rawat Publications, New Delhi
Park J E and K Park 2009: Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarasi Das
Bhavath publishers ,Jabalpur
Sekar K, Prakashi Rajaram, Rameela Shekar, Mubarak. A.R 2010: Women and
Mental Health, NIMHANS , Bangalore
Shekar Rameela, Sandra S Lobo, R.Parthasarathy (2012). Child Mental Health
– Manual for teachers and parents. SSW, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore.
Verma, Ratna, (1991). Psychiatric Social Work in India, New Delhi : Sage
Publications
World Health Organization, (1986) Prevention of Mental, Neurological and
Psychosocial problems
WHO, (1991) Innovative Approaches in Mental Health Care, Psychosocial
Interventions and Co-management, Geneva
MSW 413-P-XIII.3
SKILL DEVELOPMENT:
SETTING UP NEW BUSINESS AND H R DEPT
Course Objectives:
To help the learners understand the procedure of setting up a new business
organisation
To enable the learners up date with legal formalities while setting a new business
To help the learners understand the components to be considered while setting a HR
Department
To develop among the learners the essential skills to practice Human Resource
functions effectively
Course Content:
UNIT - I
SETTING UP A NEW BUSINESS ORGANISATION
Land acquisition and land conversion
Approval from the concerned pollution control board
Approval from municipality, labour department and town planners
Acquiring import/export licence
Building factory and installation of machinery
Permission from electricity and water authorities
164
UNIT - II
FORMALITIES UNDER VARIOUS LAWS WHILE SETTING UP A NEW
BUSINESS
Companies Act, 2013
Registration under the concerned labour enactments (eg. Factories Act)
Provident Fund Act, 1952
Employee State Insurance Act,1948
Contract Labour Regulation and Abolition Act, 1970
Interstate Migrant Workmen Act, 1979
UNIT - III
SETTING UP A HR DEPARTMENT FOR AN ORGANISATION
Creating job profiles and Hierarchical structure of the organisation
Recruitment and Selection (Preparing Job Descriptions, Selection Tools, Background
Checks, Offer letter)
Compensation and pay roll (i.e. Methods, Market trend and Compliance)
Mandated Benefits and Record Keeping (i.e. Social Security, Employee Compensation, PF, Gratuity, Maternity Benefit etc. Record keeping include HRIS,
Personal Files, Confidential Records and Other Forms)
Training and Development (i.e. New Employee Orientation, Staff Development, Technical and Safety, Leadership, Reimbursement, Career Planning etc)
Employee Communication (i.e. Hand book, News letter, Recognition Programs,
Announcements and Electronic Communication)
UNIT - IV
SKILLS FOR EFFECTIVE HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
PRACTICE
Interviewing
Written Communication
Managing Conflict
Time Management
Negotiation
Financial Analysis
References:
Achar, M.R, 1979: Labour Rules in Karnataka, Bangalore: Yellamma Publications
Bare Acts: Booklets, Published by different Publishers like – Allahabad Law , Delhi Law House & Eastern Book Company
Rao, V.S.P, 2006: Human Resource Management Text and Cases, New Delhi : Excel Book
Herbert G. Heneman, 2000: Personnel Management & Human Resource
Management, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall
165
Gary, Dessler 2003: Human Resource Management,New Delhi : Pearson Education Pvt Ltd
Cushway, 2001: Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Crest Publishing house
Cascio F Waynes, 2004: Managing Human Resources, New Delhi : Tata McGrow Hill
Srivastava K.D, 1992: Commentaries on Factories (Regulation & abolition ) Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications
MSW 433-P-XV.1
LEGAL LITERACY FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives:
Understand the Indian Constitution and Judicial System.
Develop an understanding of the legal system and get acquainted with the Civil-
Justice system.
Understand the concept of Social Legislations , its need in a country like India and
examine a few recently enacted social legislations with a view to understand their
objectives.
Acquire skills to make appropriate use of legal procedures in Social Work
intervention
Course Content:
UNIT I
LEGAL FRAMEWORK
Preamble , Fundamental Rights, Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy
Powers of the Legislature, Executive and Judiciary ,
Public Interest Litigation (PIL)
Basic Legal Procedures of :
Civil Cases :Notice, Affidavit, Plaint, Written Statement, Framing of Issues, Discov
ery and Inspection, Trial, Arguments, Decree, Judgment
- Criminal – FIR, Charge Sheet, Trial and Judgement
-Labour – Interstate, Migrant, Workmen‟s Compensation Act(1923), Plantation
Labour Act
Interim applications and interim orders
Social Legislation : Concept , Objectives, Types and Importance,
Legal Services Authorities Act 1987
Laws to fight corruption – Lokpal Act (2013), Lokayuktha – Structures and
functions in Karnataka
166
UNIT II
LAND
Land Records
Development [town planning, development plans, land usage]
Special Economic Zone
The Scheduled Tribes & Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition Of For
est Rights) Act 2006
Land reforms in India and Karnataka State
Land Acquisition Act (2003)
UNIT III
URBAN LOCAL GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS
Municipality, City corporation, Urban Development Authorities - structure and
functions
Citizen participation in urban development and good governance – Ward
committees, Citizens councils and Building societies
Challenges faced by urban local bodies
Street Vendors Protection and Regulation Act 2014
Citizens participation in Governance - Principles and significance
Role of social workers in promoting Good Governance.
UNIT IV
CIVIC SOCIETY
Civic society – concept and components
Concept of social capital and its utility in understanding the role of civic society
Role of NGOs, trade unions, media, industries and other civic society
organisations in the process of facilitating Good Governance.
Right to Information Act and effective governance
Use of Consumer protection act in effective governance
Factors promoting and hindering civil society participation in governance
References:
Atul, Kohli, (1990). Democracy & Discontent: India Growing crisis of
Governability: Cambride: Cambridge University press
Bare Acts
Chopra, Kanchan, (2002). Social Capital & Development processes: Role of
Formal & Non-formal Institutions, E.P.W. July 13
167
Government of India: Urban Development Plan Formulation and
Implementation guidelines, New Delhi: Ministry of urban affairs and
employment, Government of India
Harrin, J (2005) Political participation, representation and the urban poor.
Findings from Delhi, EPW, XL.II, March 12, pp10, 41 -54
Jhanvala Noshirvan: 2001: Civil code of procedure Jamnadas Education Law
Mumbai.
Misra, Suriya, Narayan: (2012): Indian Penal Code, Central Law Publications
Allahabad.
Mathew P: (1983): Public Interest Litigation ,Indian Social Institute New Delhi
Ratanlal, Dhirajlal: (1992): Code of Criminal procedure Wadhwa &Co, New
Delhi
Ratanlal, Dhirajlal:(2011): Indian Penal Code Lexis Nexis Publishers, Hariyana
Ratanlal, Dhirajlal:(2009):The Code of Civil Procedures Wadhwa & CO New
Delhi
Land Acquisition Act: (2003): Commercial Law Publishers New Delhi
Land Acquisition Act Karnataka: (2001): Bhavani Publishers Bangalore
Lal N: Code of Civil Procedure, 1908: Law House, Allahabad
Plantation Labour Act: (2000): Law publishers New Delhi
Pria, (1999). Citizen and Governance – civil society in the New Millennium –
A report, New Delhi: Society for Participatory Research in India
Pylee M V: (2011): Introduction to the Constitution of India Vikas publishers
New Delhi
SEZ ACT
MSW 433-P-XV.2
MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK
Course Objectives:
Enable students to understand the psycho – social impact of ill health
Enable the students to develop appropriate values, knowledge, skills and
techniques for effective Social Work practice in the field of Health.
To acquire the knowledge with respect to the inter-disciplinary approach in the
medical setting
To understand the Role of a Medical social worker in different Health settings
Course Content:
UNIT I
MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK- HISTORY AND FUNCTIONS
Definition, Meaning, Scope of Medical Social Work, functions of Medical
Social Worker
168
Historical development of Medical social work in the West and in India
Need for Medical Social Work in India ,Current trends in Medical Social
Work in India
Medico- social diagnosis, Understanding the patient as a person
Multidisciplinary Team approach in health settings
Preparation of Social Case Work Reports (With examples from field work
practice)
UNIT II
PSYCHO SOCIAL ASPECTS OF ILLNESS
Psycho social problems associated with Chronic Illness
Psycho social Problems in Persons with Cancer
Palliative care and Pain Management.
Psycho social aspects of Disability, Reactions of individuals and families
towards disability.
Children and Ill health
Role of Social Worker in Psycho Social problems of Medical Illness
UNIT III
MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK IN THE FIELD OF HIV
Epidemiology of HIV in India and abroad, clinical aspects, transmission
Psychosocial economic aspect of HIV.
Impact of HIV on the Individual family and society
Pre- test and Post –Test counselling in ICTC
Importance of confidentiality and Informed consent in HIV counselling
Medical Social Workers Role with the People living with HIV and their family
UNIT IV
MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK IN DIFFERENT SETTINGS
Hospitals, Outpatient Department and Emergency Care
Primary Health Centre
Educational Settings
Residential Institutions
Geriatric Social Work
Government Departments – Health and Women and Child welfare
References:
Adler, N and Stone, G. (Eds.) (1979) 'Social Perspectives on the Health
System', Stone, Cohen and Adler (Eds.) Health Psychology- A Handbook,
London: Jossey-Bass Publishers
Ajit. (2005). Social Dimensions of Health, Rawat Publications, New Delhi
169
Anderson R. & Bury M. (Eds), (1988). Living with Chronic Illness – The
Experience of Patients and their Families, London: Unwin Hyman
Bajpai, (1998) Social Work Perspectives on Health, Rawat Publications,
New Delhi
Bose A & Desai P.B, (1982): Studies in the Social Dynamics of Primary Health
Care; Hindustan Publishing Co., Delhi
Cockerham William C (2000). Medical Sociology, Prentice Hall
Cronin de Chavez, Backett-Milburn A., and K., Parry (Eds.) (2005)
Understanding and researching well being: its usage in different disciplines and
potential for health research and health promotion in Heath Education Journal
64, pp. 70-87.
Goel,S L.(2004). Health care policies and programmes: Health care system and
management-2, Deep & Deep Publications
Goel, S L. (2007). Health Education: Theory and practice, Deep & Deep
Publications
Golstine Dora (1965), Readings in the Theory and Practice of Medical Social
Work. University of Chicago Press.
Health Information in India, Central Bureau of Health Intelligence, Ministry of
Health & Family Welfare, Govt. of India, New Delhi
M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003). Textbook of Preventive and Social
Medicine, Jaypee Brothers
Mishra, (2000) Indian Health Report, Oxford University Press, Delhi
Narayana, (1997) Health and Development, Rawat Publications, New Delhi
Park K. (2009). Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers
Pathak S.H. (1961). Medical Social Work in India, Delhi School of Social Work
Pokrana, (1994) Social Beliefs, Cultural Practices in Health and Disease, Rawat
Publications, New Delhi
Seth G.S. (1995).Medical Social Work, Medical College, Mumbai
Sivan Sadhana (1997). Preventive and Social Medicine. All India Publishing &
Distributors, Chennai.
Sulton Stephen, Andrew Baum and Marie Johnston(Ed) (2004) The Hand Book
of Health Psychology
Yash Pal Bedi, (1980). Social and Preventive Medicine, Athma Ram & Sons
Websites:
www.who.org World Health Reports (1995-2205)
www.tnhealth.org Annual Report
vhai.org State of India‟s health report, Report of independent
170
MSW 433-P-XV.3
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives:
To equip learners with comprehensive knowledge of Management as a
profession
To stimulate thinking on rationale behind management concepts and problems
associated with their enforcement
To create an awareness of the role and functioning of management in relation to
human factor
To impart knowledge on planning and administering for the people centered
management in the organization
Course Content:
UNIT I
BASICS OF MANAGEMENT
Foundation to modern Management
Modern Management Concepts, Definitions and issues
Role of Management in Organizational setting – Corporate, Government and
NGO‟s.
Henry Fayol – Management Concepts and Contribution
Principles of Management.
Evolution of Management Thought – Management Thinkers and Contributions
UNIT II
FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT - POSDCORB
Planning and forecasting – Concept, importance, types and techniques
Budgeting – Types and implications
Decision making – Concept, types, process and strategies
Managerial Control – Meaning, areas and benefits
Delegation – importance and relevance
MBO – Concept, Objectives and applicability
UNIT III
DIMENSIONS OF MANAGEMENT
Departmentation – need and applicability
Staff and line relations – meaning and concept
De centralization and unitization
Change Management
171
Conflict management and prevention of unrest
Total Quality Management - concepts and importance
UNIT IV
MODERN PERSPECTIVE IN MANAGEMENT
Entrepreneurial Management – Basic Concepts and trends
Quality control and Management – Relevance and importance
Innovation Management – Basic Concept, Types and process
Material management and Inventory control – Concept and issues
Management information system – Basic concepts and trends
Modern Concepts of Management – 5S, Kaizan and Six Sigma
References:
Chhabra, T.N. (2003). Principles and Practice of Management, Delhi: Dhanpat
Rai and Co.
E.H Mcgrath S.J. Basic Managerial Skills for all PHI learning Pvt.Ltd 2011
publishers
Gupta, C.B. (2004). Management: Theory and Practice, New Delhi: Sultan
Chand and Sons
Khan, M.Y., Jain P.K. (2006). Financial Management, New Delhi: TATA
McGraw Hill
Kongi, Gopal., Asher (2001). 100 Methods for Total Quality Management, New
Delhi: Mike
J.S Chandan (2011). Management Concepts and strategies - Vikas Publishing
Joseph L Massie. Essentials of Management 4th Edition - PHI Learning PVT.
Ltd Publishers
Lallan Prasad / S S Gulshan (2011). Management, Principles and practices
Excel Books
Mary.P.Jenis.(2014). Resource Management in Social Work Practice - Adelaide
Publications
Massie, Joseph L. (1995). Essentials of Management: 4th Edition, New Delhi:
Prentice-Hall of India.
Pareek, Udai, (1994). Beyond Management: 2nd Edition, New Delhi: Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
Prem Chadha, (2004). The New-Age Empowering Organization: Lessons in
Excellence, New Delhi: Rupa Co.
Ramasamy, T., (1998). Principles of Management, Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
House
Rao, V.S.P. and Krishna, Hari, (2002). Management: Text and Cases, New
Delhi: Excel Books.
Rao, V.S.P. and Narayana, P.S., (1987). Principles and Practice of
Management, Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
172
Ratnaswamy, P., (1995). Communication Management: Theory and Practice,
New Delhi: Deep and Deep
Stephen R.Covey(2004). The 7 Habits of highly effective people
Stevens, Michael, (1996). Practical Problem Solving for Managers, New Delhi:
Universal Book Stall
Stoner, James A.F., Freeman, R. Edward and Daniel R. Gilbert, Jr., (1997).
Management: 6th Edition, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India
Tripathi, P.C. and Reddy, P.N., (1991). Principles of Management: 2nd Edition,
New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
Walmsley, Hilary, (1999). Transform Your Management Style, New Delhi:
Kogan Page
Weihrich, Heinz and Koontz, Harold, (2001). Management: A Global
Perspective, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
Weist, Jerome D., Levy, (1977). A Management guide to PERT/CPM, New
Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
MSW 443-P-XVI.1
ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives:
To develop critical understanding of the concepts and theories of development.
Understand inter-relatedness of human life and other living forms within the
environment.
To develop knowledge of the causes and effects of environmental degradation.
To develop knowledge and acquire competencies required to utilize and manage
natural resources for sustainable development.
Course Content:
UNIT I
UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Basic concepts of environment: environment, ecology, ecosystems, biomes,
Natural resources – exhaustible and inexhaustible and resource conservation
Understanding the universe and environment – Universe-milky way, Big bang
theory, Gaia theory, Deep ecology, Ecosophy, Ecofeminism
Introduction to Development theories – Development as growth, development
as growth with justice, development as freedom, development as peace
Sustainable development – concept, components, strategies
Principles of sustainable development
Analysis of development theories and trends in relation to environment and
sustainable development
173
UNIT II
ENVIRONMENT
Components of environment: Atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere,
cryosphere, pedosphere
People and Environment, Inter-relatedness of human life forms/living
organisms – food chains, food webs, energy pathways
Types of Environmental degradation: Land/Soil pollution, Water pollution, Air
pollution and Noise pollution – Major pollutants, causative factors – human,
economic, social, cultural and life styles, political factors, Impacts of pollution
Bio-diversity: Concept, types, threats, measures to conserve biodiversity,
Causes and effects of Global Warming
Climate change and its impact: Global, national and local dimens
UNIT III
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES
Programmes to conserve water resources – Rain water harvesting, watershed
management.
Sustainable farming
Afforestation, Social Forestry, Joint Forest Management and other projects to
save endangered species.
Energy sources – renewable and non-renewable energy sources, Programmes to
tap renewable and non-renewable energy sources: Solar, wind, bio-fuel
Role of Social workers in promoting Sustainable Development and
environmental conservation.
Corporate Social Responsibility and initiatives to safeguard environment
UNIT IV
LAWS, POLICIES AND INSTRUMENTS FOR SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
Sustainable development policies in India – National Environment Policy –
2006, Integrated Energy policy - 2006, Municipal Solid Waste Management
Rules – 2000
Indicators and measurement of environmental health and procedure of
environment impact assessment.
Local self government in sustainable development
Laws to protect and promote environment – Environment Protection Act –
1986, Biological Diversity Act - 2002
Institutionalised national and international mechanisms to protect environment:
Environment Ministry, Pollution Control Boards, Green parties and other
institutions of research and monitoring, Environmental summits, International
protocols
National and International NGOs engaged in environment promotion.
174
References:
Agarwal, A. (1999). Citizens Fifth Report: State of Indian‟s Environment.
New Delhi: Centre for Science & Environment
Basker, Sushmitha & Bhasker, R. (2007). Environmental Studies for
Undergraduate Courses. Unicorn Books. New Delhi.
Begon, M (1996). Ecology: Individuals, populations & Communities, London:
Blackwell
Bharucha, Erach. (2010). Environmental studies. Universities press. Hyderabad.
Bhatia, B. S. & Sharma, Dheeraj, (2010), Sustainable Development –
contemporary issues and emerging perspectives, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
Bhatt, K. N. (2010). Population Environment and Health – emerging issues.
Rawat Publications. Jaipur.
Brundtland, H, (1987), Our Common Future, Oxford Oxford University press
Contested commons/Trespassing publics – A Public record, (2005), The sarai
Programme, New Delhi
Deb, Swapan. C. environmental Management – National and Global
Perspectives. (2003). Jaico Publishing House. Mumbai.
Desai, Vandana (2011), The companion to development studies, Hodder
Education, London
Elliott, Jennifer, A. (2006). An introduction to sustainable development.
Routledge/Rawat Publications. New York/Jaipur.
Fisher, U.F. (1997). Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over India‟s
Narmada River, New Delhi Publication
Graves, Phillip E. (2010). Environmental economics – A critique of benefit-cost
analysis. Rawat Publications. Jaipur.
Hillman, M., (2002). “Environment Justice: A crucial link between
environmentalism And community development?” Community development
journal, Vol 3rd
, No.4, Oct, PP. 349-60
Iyengar, N.S. (2010). Poverty and Sustainable Development, Deep & Deep
Publications, New Delhi
Kar, P. K. & Mahanti S. (2011). Industrialization and environmental pollution –
people‟s perception. Arise publishers and dostributers. New Delhi.
Kausek, Joe. (2010). Environmental management – quick and easy way. Nal.
New Delhi.
Kumar, dalip & Raza, Asmi (2011). Agriculture and Food Security, Deep &
Deep Publications, New Delhi
Markandey, Kalpana,Simhadri: (2009): Urban environment & geo information,
Rawat Publication New Delhi
175
Noam Chomsky, (2003). Hegemony and Survival: America‟s Quest for Global
Dominance, New York: Metropolitan
Pandit, Apoorva (2010). Watershed Development Inputs and Social Change,
Rawat Publications, Jaipur
Peet, Richard & Hartwick, Elaine (2010). Theories of Development –
contentions, argument, alternative – 2nd
edition, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
Prakasam, C. P. & Bhagat, R. B. (2007). Population and Environment Linkages.
Rawat Publications. Jaipur.
Reynolds, Martin (2009). The Environmental Responsibility reader. Zed books.
Bangalore.
Rishi, Parul. (2009). Environmental issues – behavioural insights. Rawat
Publications. Jaipur.
Sapru, R.K. (ed), (1987). Environment Management in India, Vol II, New
Delhi: Ashok Publishing House
Satpathy, M., (1998). Sustainable Development – An Alternative paradigm,
Ahmedabad: Karnavati Publishing
Saxena H.M. (2010). Environmental Management. Rawat Publications. Jaipur.
Schreuder, YDA. (2009). The corporate greenhouse – climate change policy in
globalizing world. Zed books. Bangalore.
Sen, Amartya, (2000). Development as Freedom, Delhi : Oxford
Sengar, Dharmendra. (2001). Environmental Law. PHI Learning Pvt Ltd. New
Delhi.
Sethi, Poornima & Kulkarni, V. S. (2011). Environmental Economics. Alfa
publications. New Delhi.
Sharma, P.D., (1995). Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publishers. New Delhi
Sing A. & Singh, Seema. (2008). Water management. Arise publishers. New
Delhi.
Singh, Harimohan (2010). Waste Water Treatment Technology, Alfa
Publications, New Delhi
Singh, Janamjit. (2006). Biodiversity - planning for sustainable development.
Deep and Deep Publications. New Delhi.
Singh, R. B. & Mal, Suraj. (2009). Environmental change and bio-diversity.
Rawat publications. Jaipur.
Souza, Arun De, (2010), Water and Development, Orient Blackswan, New Delhi
Taori, Kamal (1998), People‟s participation in sustainable development, 1998,
Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi
176
MSW 443-P-XVI.2
PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK
Course Objectives:
Develop the knowledge of Psychosocial Treatment Methods for persons with
Mental illness
Develop an understanding of the evolution and current scope of Psychiatric
Social Work
Acquire skills to equip self as Psychiatric social worker in different settings.
To acquire knowledge and skill in the practice of Community Psychiatry and
Rehabilitation
Course Content:
UNIT I
PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK – HISTORY AND FUNCTIONS
Historical development of Psychiatric Social work in India and Abroad
Scope and functions of psychiatric social worker
Training of psychiatric social work in India and abroad
Changing perspectives of Psychiatric Social Work
Changing trends in Mental Health Care
Clinical Diagnosis in Psychiatric social work ( Based on field work experience )
UNIT II
PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK AND CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL
HEALTH
ICD IO classification of mental health problems in children and adolescents
Causes and Treatment of the mental health , problems in children and
adolescents
Prevention of child mental health problems and promotion of child mental
health.
School mental health programmes
Suicide and Chemical abuse among Children and adolescents
Role of a social worker in the field of child and adolescent Psychiatry units.
UNIT III
PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORKER AND ADULT MENTAL HEALTH
PROBLEMS
ICD IO Classification of Mental Health Problems in adults
Organic Mental Disorders
Substance Abuse in Adults
177
Schizophrenia, Affective Disorders and Neurotic Disorder
Personality Disorders and Sexual disorders
Role of Psychiatric Social Worker in Psychiatric disorders
UNIT IV
ROLE OF A PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK IN SPECIAL SETTINGS
Family Psychiatry units
Community Mental Health
Neurological Departments
Rehabilitation Centres
Women and Mental health
Psychiatric Social Worker – Secondary Trauma Stress
References:
Ahuja, Nuraj (2004) A short text book of Psychiatry, J.P Brothers Publishers,
New Delhi
Bhatia M.S (2004) Essentials of Psychiatry, New Delhi: C.B.S. Publishers &
Distributors
Daver, Bhargavi, (1999). Mental Health of Indian Women. New Delhi: Sage
Publication
Daver, Bhargavi, (2001). Mental Health from a Gender Perspective. New Delhi
Sage Publications
Dhanda, Amita, (1999). Legal Order and Mental Disorder. New Delhi : Sage
Publications
Kaplan, (2005). Comprehensive Text Book of Psychotherapy. USA
Kapur, Malavika, (1997). Mental Health in Indian Schools. New Delhi : Sage
Publications
Psycho Social Skills required in teachers to deal with problems in children –
SSW (2000)
Sekar, K., Parthasarathy, R., Muralidhar, D., Rao, M.C. (2007). Handbook of
Psychiatric Social Work(Ed). NIMHANS , Bangalore.
Sekar .K, Prakshi Rajaram, Rameela Shekhar and Mubarak A.R (ed) (2010).
Women and Mental Health, NIMHANS, Bangalore.
Shekar Rameela, Sandra S Lobo, R.Parthasarathy (2012). Child Mental Health
– Manual for teachers and parents. SSW, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore.
Verma, Ratna, (1991). Psychiatric Social Work in India, New Delhi : Sage
Publications
World Health Organization, (1986) Prevention of Mental, Neurological and
Psychosocial problems
WHO, (1991) Innovative Approaches in Mental Health Care, Psychosocial
Interventions and Co-management, Geneva
178
MSW 443-P-XVI.3
RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives:
To develop an understanding of the interaction pattern among Employees and
management
To impart in depth knowledge of the Industrial Discipline, Conflict and
Disputes
To impart conceptual knowledge and skills relating to grievance resolution and
participative Management
To comprehend the nature and scope of Employee Counseling
Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Concept of Industrial Relations, scope and objectives of Industrial Relation
System in India
Evolution and development of Industrial Relations globally and in India
Factors determining industrial relations climate
Approaches / Theories of Industrial Relations
Role of the State and Trade Unions in strengthening Industrial Relations in the
Indian context
Strategic industrial relations - Implications for Human Resource Development
UNIT II
EMPLOYEE GRIEVANCE AND PARTICIPATIVE MANAGEMENT
Employee Grievance: Meaning, Concept, Definition and Causes for grievance,
Grievance handling Procedure.
Concept and Philosophy of Employee Participation in management, Forms and
Levels of Participation: Direct and Representative
Planning for Participation and Problems in Developing Participation
Collective bargaining: Nature, types and functions of bargaining.
Collective bargaining in the Indian context - Negotiating a collective bargaining
agreement.
Grievance Resolution: Case studies
179
UNIT III
INDUSTRIAL DISCIPLINE, CONFLICT AND DISPUTES
Industrial discipline - Scope, Objectives and Principles of Industrial
indiscipline, Impact of Indiscipline on the industry
Disciplinary enquiries an overview
Industrial Conflict and Conflict Resolution: Dynamics of conflict and
collaboration.
Nature, causes and Resolution of Industrial Disputes
Industrial Dispute Resolution Machinery in India ––Conciliation, Arbitration,
and Adjudication.
Central Board for Workers Education ( CBWE) : Structure , Functions,
Objectives and Programs
UNIT IV
WORK PLACE WELLNESS AND STRESS MANAGEMENT
Workplace wellness – Rationale, Program Components and Benefits.
Work Stress -Stressful job factors, Role stress, Occupational Stress,
Management of Stress
Organizational Culture and wellness.
Employee Counseling: Problems of absenteeism, Attrition and Burnout.
Employee Counseling and Performance Management.
Employee Retention Strategies and their impact.
References:
Bhatia S.K, Chandra S (2008). Strategic Industrial Relation and Labor Welfare,
Deep and Deep Publications , New Delhi
Coles, Adrian (2003). Counselling in the workplace, Open University Press,
England
Cascio, Waynee (2003). Managing Human Resources: Productivity, Quality of
Worklife profits, Tata Mc graw Hill, New Delhi
Giri V. V (1958). Labour Problems in Indian Industry Madras: Asia Publishing
House
Joseph, Jerome (2004) Industrial relations: Towards a new theory of negotiated
connectedness, New Delhi: Response Books
Kapoor N.D., (1992). Element of Industrial law, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons
Kumar, Bipin (2013). Industrial Relation Theory and Practice, Regal Publications,
New Delhi
Kumar, Lakshmi Narain (2001). Industrial Sociology, Agra.
Mamoria Mamoria., (2003). Dynamics of Industrial Relation, Himalaya Publishing
House, Mumbai
Moorthy M.V., (1968). Principles of Labour Welfare, Vizg: Gupta Brothers
180
Mutalik Desai and Rairkar, B.R., (1978). Labour Welfare and Industrial Relations
Bombay: Noble Publishing House
Naidu, K.M. (ed.) (2003). Social Security of Labour in India and Economic
Reforms, New Delhi: Serials Publications
Nayar, N. (1986). How to Serve Charge Sheet, Suspend and Terminate Your
Employees, New Delhi: National Law Book Corporation.
Punekar, Deodhar and Sankaran, (1980). Trade Unionism Industrial Relation and
Labour Welfare
Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House Punekar, S.D. (2003). Labour Welfare,
Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations (13th edn.), Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
House
Ratnam, Venkata C.S. (2001). Globalization and Labour-Management Relations:
Dynamics of Change, New Delhi: Response Books
Ratnam, Venkata C.S. (ed.) (2000). Trade Union Challenges at the Beginning of
the 21st Century, New Delhi: Indian Industrial Relations Association and Excel
Books
Sarma, A M (2009). Aspects of Labor Welfare and Social Security, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai
Saxena, R.C. (1961). Labour Problems and Social Welfare Meerat: Jaiprakashnath
& Co.
Singh, Kavitha (2007). Counselling skills for managers, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi
Silvera, D.M. (1991). Human Resource Development A Indian experience New
Delhi: New India Publications
Srivastava, K.D. Commentaries on Factories Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep & Deep
publication
Srivastav, K.N. (1954). Industrial Peace & Industrial Relations Allahabad: Kitab
Mahal
Vaid K.N., (1965). Labour Welfare in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House
Vaid K.N., (1970). State and Labour in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House
MSW OE 3.1 [OPEN ELECTIVE]
DISASTER MANAGEMENT –PSYCHO SOCIAL CARE AND SUPPORT
Course Objectives:
Develop skills to analyze factors contributing to Disaster both natural
and man made
Develop an understanding of the impact of Disaster-on individuals,
families and care givers
Familiarize with the Psycho Social care and services in disaster
Develop skills to participate in Disaster Management
181
Course Content:
UNIT – I
DISASTER: CONCEPTS, TYPES AND EFFECTS
Concept of disaster
Ecosystem equilibrium and disequilibrium.
Types of disasters – natural and Man made Disasters
Causes of Disaster
Physical Effects of disaster.
Psycho social Effects of Disaster
UNIT – II
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Disaster management: concept and cycle.
Stages in Disaster management pre, during and post disaster
Short term plans in Disaster management
Long term plans in Disaster management
Guiding Principles of disaster mitigation
Implementation/monitoring and Evaluation of the mitigation programme
UNIT – III
POLICIES AND LAWS
Relief and Recovery and Rehabilitation in management of disasters
Legislative measures for Disaster Management in India
National agency resources
Government organization and Voluntary organizations
Role of the Local groups, communities and volunteers
Case Studies
UNIT –I V
PSYCHOSOCIAL SUPPORT AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES IN
DISASTER
Growth of Psychosocial care in Disaster management in India
Vulnerable groups in disaster
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
Psychosocial support and mental health services in disasters.
Stress among care givers
Case studies
182
References:
Birnabaum, F., Coplon, J.,and Scharff, T. 1973: Crisis Intervention after a
Natural Disaster”, Social Case Work, Vol. 54, No.9, 545.551.
Blaufard, H. and Levine,J. 1972: “Crisis Intervention in an Earthquake”. Social
Work, Vol.17, No.4, 16-19.
Brahme, S. and Gole, P. 196: Deluge in Poona, Poona: Asia Publishing House
Chen, L. 1973: Disaster in Bangladesh: Health Crisis in a Developing Nation,
New York: Oxford University Press
Das Veena, (ed)1990: Mirrors of Violence: Communities, Riots and Survivors
in South Asia, Delhi: Oxford University Press
Fritz, C.E. 1968: “Disaster”, Sills, D. (ed.) International Encyclopaedia of
Social Science. Vol. 4. U.S.A.: The MacMillan Company and the Free Press.
P.202-208
Gandi, Jagadish P., 2007: Disaster, Mitigation and Management-Post Tsunami
Perspectives Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi
Goel SL. 2007: Disaster Administration and ManagementText and Case Studies
Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi
Grossman, L. 1973: “Train Crash: Social Work and Disaster Services”, Social
Work. Vol. 18, No.5, 38-44.
Hoff, A. 1978: “People in Crisis”, Understanding and Helping, California:
Addison Wesley- Publishing Company.
Joint Assistant Centre. 1980: Natural Disaster, New Delhi: Adhyatma Sadhana
Kendra
Kapur Anu Neeti, 2005: Disaster in India Studies of Grim RealityRawat
Publications
Lindomann, E. 1944: “Symptomology and Management of Acute Grief”,
American Journal of Psychiatry, Vol. 101.141-148.
Maharatna A,1996: The Demography of Famines: An India Historical
Perspective Delhi : OUP
Mann James1993: Power, poverty & poison: Disaster & Response in an Indian
city, New Delhi: Sage
Murthy DBN, 2007: Disaster Management Text and Case Studies, Deep &
Deep Publications, New Delhi
Sekar K, Sayani Pan, Jayakumar C ,2005: Tsunami Disaster, Psycho Social
Care by Community Level Workers, Nimhans Bangalore
Shader, and Schwartz, A. 1966: “Management of reaction to Disaster‟, Social
Work, Vol. 11, No.2, 99-1-4.
Singh RB, 2000: Disaster Managemen,Rawat Publications
183
Siporin, M. 1966: The Experience of Aiding the Victims of Hurricane „Betsy”
Social Service Review, Vol. 10.
Vastsa, Krishna S.2002: Reducing Earthquake losses: Towards a National
perspective, E.P.W April 20.
Vatsa Krishna, S2001 : The Bhuj Earthquake 2001, Identification of
priority Issues; U.S.A: World Institute for Disaster Risk Management,
Alenandria,
Wolfenstein, M. 1977: Disaster: A Psychological Essay, New York: Arno Press
SEMESTER IV
MSW 404-P-XVII
SOCIAL WELFARE ADMINISTRATION
Course Objectives:
To understand and internalize the concept of Social Welfare Administration as a
method of Professional Social Work
To understand the formation and functioning of Social organizations and their
role in transforming social policies in to action
To understand the basics of formation and management of Welfare
organizations
To have an overview of the public collaboration with voluntary efforts in social
welfare
Course Content:
UNIT I
GENERAL CONCEPT
Concept of Social Welfare Administration- Meaning and concept
Social Welfare organizations -- meaning and concept
Types of voluntary organizations – functions, relevance & importance
Role of social welfare organizations in social transformation
Historical overview, current perspective and evaluation of Social Welfare
Administration as a method of Practicing Social Work
Welfare State – Central Social Welfare Board – programmes & philosophy
UNIT II
ESTABLISHMENT OF SOCIAL WELFARE ORGANIZATIONS
184
Developing Vision, Mission & Objectives
General policies and policy formulation
Formulation of legal bodies and bye laws
Regulations – Societies Registration Act, Trust Act & Co operative Societies
Act
Executive Responsibilities – POSDCORB
State Social Welfare Board – Programmes and relevance
UNIT III
RESOURCE MANGEMENT
Service terms and Regulations -- Personnel Management
Leave rules, wage management and allowances
Employee up gradation - promotion, Benefits and exit
Work discipline and Discipline Management and Disciplinary procedures
Employee engagement and retention
Performance Appraisal and evaluation
UNIT IV
FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION AND PROGRAMME PLANNING
Financial Administration – General Concepts
Budgeting- Concepts and skills
Fund Raising – Techniques and programmes
Programme planning and Project Administration
FCRA,12A,80G, and 80GGA
Monitoring and evaluating projects
References:
Chowdary Paul D (2010). Social Welfare Administration - Atmaram & Son
Delhi
Clarke/Allan (1994). Managing Social policy Coherence Sage Publication
Chopra, S., (1989) Management of Human Resources, V.K. publishing House.
Chowdhary, D. (1992) Social Welfare Administration Delhi: Atma Ram Sons.
185
Chowdhary, D.P. (1991) Profile of Voluntary Action in Social Welfare &
Development, New Delhi Sidhartah Press.
Covey, Stephen R. (1989) The 7 Habits of Highly effective People London:
Simon & Schuster.
Daniel, Goleman (1995) Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than
IQ, London: Bloomsbury.
Daver, Rustom S (Reprint) (1999) Creative Leadership The People Oriented
Task Approach, New Delhi: UBS Publishers.
Dogra, B. (2006) : Transparency and India‟s New Legislation on Right to
Information, Delhi: Dogra
Drucker, Peter (1993) Managing the non-profit organization Delhi: Macmillan.
Fernandes, W. (1989) Voluntary Action and Government Control New Delhi:
Indian Social Institute
Garain, S. (1998) Organisation Effectiveness of NGO‟s Jaipur: University Book
House
Goel, S.L. and Kumar, R. (2005) Administration and Management of NGO‟s:
Text and case studies, New Delhi: Deep Deep Publications
Handy, C., (1990) Understanding Voluntary Organisations, London:Penguin
books
Harnold Kootz & Heiz Wehrich, (1998). Essentials of Management, Tata
McGraw Hill.
Jackson, J(1989) Evaluation for Voluntary Organisations, Delhi: Information &
News Network
Korten, David C.(1993). Getting to the 21st Century: Voluntary Action & the
Global
Agenda, New Delhi Oxford IBH, Publishing Pvt. Ltd.
Mabey C. & Sealama G., (1995) Strategic Human Resource Management,
Oxford: Blackwell.
Mander, Harsh and Asif, M. (2004) Good Governance Resource Book,
Bangalore: Books for Change.
Pria, (2001) Strategic planning for Village Development Organizations,
Workshops Manual for Facilitation, New Delhi: Society for Participatory
Research in Asia.
Pria, (2000) Legal Framework for Non-profit institutions in India, New Delhi
PRIA
Pria, (1999) Management of Voluntary Organizations, New Delhi Society for
Participatory Research in Asia
Pria, (1991) Non-Government Organizations in India A Critical Study, New
Delhi Society for participating Research in Asia.
Salvin, S. (ed), (1978) Managing Finance, Personnel and Information in Human
Services, New York: Haworth Press.
186
Warham, Joyce, (1975) Introduction to Administration for Social workers,
London: Routledge and Kegan Paul
MSW 424-P-XIX
RESEARCH PROJECT
Course Objectives:
To develop a scientific approach in conducting Research
To develop skills in organizing primary and secondary data
To develop attitudes favorable to the judicious integration of practice, research
and Theory
To develop ability for logical reasoning and critical analysis
To facilitate administration of statistical test to the data
Course Content:
UNIT I
SELECTION AND FORMULATION OF A RESEARCH PROBLEM
Selection of a research problem
Identifying and defining concepts and variables
Formulation of hypothesis and testing hypothesis
Review of Literature
Understanding Research Design patterns
Standardization of Research tool
UNIT II
SCOPE AND COVERAGE
Population/Universe of a study
Need for studying a cross section of the Universe (Sample)
Study of the (Sample) Probability/Non-Probability Pattern
Deciding the sample size and assessing error
Advantages and Limitations of sample studies
Practical: Formulation of objectives and Hypothesis for the given study
187
UNIT III
DATA COLLECTION AND PROCESSING
Primary data collection schemes and choice of a scheme
Steps involved in data processing
Preparing a data processing scheme
Organization and presentation of data
Use of Statistics in data analysis
Practical: Discussion on Field experience of Research
UNIT IV
APPLICATION OF STATISTICAL MODULES
Chi-square,
Correlation,
t‟test
ANOVA
Factor Analysis
Practical: Processing data in SPSS
FORMAT OF THE RESEARCH REPORT
Each research shall consist of the following sections.
Section I Preliminaries
Section II Body of the Report
Section III Annexure
Section I Preliminaries: It is a formal general section and shall have following details
1. Title page
2. A Face sheet having details regarding the title of the study name of the
researcher, name of the guide, Head of the department, institution through which
the study has been undertaken university and year of the work
3. Forward/ Acknowledgement
4. Table of contents with page Nos
5. List of tables charts, graphs
6. Certification from the guide
188
Section II Body of the Report: It is a formal technical section which shall consist of
following chapters.
1. Introduction
2. Review of Literature
3. Methodology
4. Data presentation and Analyses
5. Major Findings and conclusion
However the number of Chapters appearing in the body of report can be more, if the
student decides to increase chapters.
The aim of each chapter shall be considered while preparing the chapter
CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION:
Introduce the problem/topic of research
Purpose of the study
The conceptual clarity has to be given.
Discussion on the concepts, variables and hypothesis
Magnitude and prevalence of the problem with the sources
Discussion on the problem statement and research questions
Significance and the specialty of the study
CHAPTER II REVIEW OF LITERATURE:
Introduction
Reference from Westerns and Eastern publications
Definitions
Theoretical frame work in the form of diagram or flow chart
Chronological and the Logical order is essential between the concepts and the
years
Developing the literature based on the Concept, objectives, variables
Dices on the result of previous studies in connection with present study
Give a theoretical framework in the form of a diagram if possible
Theories and suggestions can be presented in the form of flow charts &
diagrams
Results of the previous studies can be cited
Key concept need to be taken from the encyclopedia Britannica and Social
Sciences.
Outline scheme with main and sub-sections coherently interrelated and present
Provide information from the studies conducted earlier on the same topic and
based on which draw out the relevance of the present study.
Organize the secondary data in a logical and chronological order
189
Critically evaluate the available literature with current study
Website of the reference should be given in bibliography and not in the research
report
Similarities and dissimilarities among the references to be identified found as
they are not compiled, it looks like mere information as there is no research in
secondary data.
Naming the Chapter with the core theme
CHAPTER III METHODOLOGY:
Introduction
Motivation
Aim
Objectives
Hypothesis
Definition of Concepts
Operational Definition
Research Design
Coverage: Universe, Population and Sample
Criteria of Selection: Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
Sampling Procedure (Pilot study and the Main study)
Sample size
Sources of Data
Scope of the Study
Development of Research Tool: Reliability and validity
Data collection: Tools, Methods, Duration, Problems
Data Processing: Scheme, Mode, Soft Ware with versions
Report Design: Chapterisation
Outcomes of the study
Limitations of the study
Ethical Issues
Conclusion
CHAPTER IV DATA PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS:
Findings of research in the form of charts, graphs, diagrams
Descriptive analysis
Interpretation of the Primary and Secondary Data
Statistical Interpretations
190
CHAPTER V MAJOR FINDINGS AND CONCLUSION:
Summarized form, the major findings
Recommendations and suggestions
Section III Annexure:
Tools of data collection.
Additional statistical tables
Bibliography
MSW 434-P-XX.1
LIVELIHOODS AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENUERSHIP
Course Objectives:
To understand the concepts of Livelihoods and Social Entrepreneurship
To enable the learners to contextualize the vulnerability and understand the
strategies for adaptation
To understand the models and challenges of social entrepreneurship
To learn the process of establishing a social enterprise.
Course Content:
UNIT I
LIVELIHOODS
Concept and Meaning of Livelihoods
Social structure and Livelihoods – Social exclusion, livelihoods and poverty
Contextualizing livelihoods – Tribal, rural and Urban Livelihoods
Livelihood Assets : Natural, Physical, Human, Financial, Social and cultural
Capital
Access to Resources: Structures and process in deciding access to resources:
state, market and civil society.
Innovations in Livelihoods – Case study
UNIT II
LIVELIHOOD ADAPTATION STRATEGIES AND OUTCOMES
Livelihood adaptation strategies: Resource valuation, iterations and livelihood
strategies, mobility, storage, communal pooling, livelihood diversification,
market exchange.
Planned and autonomous adaptation strategies.
Local knowledge systems in livelihood adaptations
Sustainable livelihood approach
191
Livelihood outcomes: Impact on capacity building, entitlement, indebtedness,
poverty, vulnerability, farmer‟s suicide, migration, crime, trafficking.
Understanding uncertainty for establishment of social entrepreneurship-
ecological, knowledge, seasonality and trends.
UNIT III
SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Concept : Functions, types of entrepreneurship, current practice
Models of social entrepreneurship
Principles of social entrepreneurship
Legal perspective in creating and managing social entrepreneurship: laws
applicable in forming and managing social enterprises.
Skills in social entrepreneurship : Vocational training - technical skills,
management, literacy and numeracy skill, Financial management
Challenges for social entrepreneurship
UNIT – IV
PROCESS OF ESTABLISHING A SOCIAL ENTERPRISE
Dreaming
Exploring
Starting Up
Growing
Sources of Support
Legal Structures and Business Plan Template
References:
Bagchi Subroto (2006). The high performance Entrepreneur , Penguin Books
New Delhi
Baguley Phil (2008). The Instant Manager; project management Hodder
Education London
Chandra, Shantha Kohli, (1991), Development of Women entrepreneurship in
India, Mittal, New Delhi
Desai Vasant (1999). Small scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalayan
Publishers Mumbai
Desai , Vasant (1999). Dynamics of Entrepreneur development and
management Himalayan Publishers Mumbai
Desai A R (1982). Peasants struggle in India Himalayan Publishers Mumbai
192
Desai A R (2000). Project management & Entrepreneurship Himalayan
Publishers Mumbai
Janakiram B (2012). Management & Entrepreneurship Excel Books, New Delhi
Krishna, sumi , (2007), Women‟s livelihood Rights, Sage Publications, New
Delhi
Krishnaraj, Maithreyi, (2007), Gender, food, Security and Rural Livelihood,
Mandira Sean for STREE, Kolkata
Khan Nafees A (2008). Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship , Anmol Publications
Pvt New Delhi
Kanaka SS (1998). Entrepreneurial Development Sage New Delhi
Kanungo Rabindra (1998). Entrepreneurship & innovation Sage Publications
New Delhi
Kumar Niraj (1998). Marketing communications theory & practice, Himalayan
Publishers Mumbai
Kumar Sunil (1995). Management effectiveness , excel Publishers New Delhi
Kumar, Anil, Poornima SC (2005). Entrepreneurship development –New Age
International New Delhi
Werhahan H (1990). The Entrepreneur- Ordi Social Germany
MSW 434-P-XX.2
THERAPEUTIC COUNSELING
Course Objectives:
To understand and integrate the foundation and process of counseling
To develop knowledge and skills of different psycho therapeutic theories
To acquire knowledge and skills for therapeutic interventions
To use the therapeutic interventions when working with individuals and groups
Course Content:
UNIT I
FOUNDATION TO THERAPEUTIC COUNSELING
Definition and Nature and scope of Counselling
Ethics and legal concerns of Counselling
Types of Counselling
Individual and Groups Counselling
Factors contributing to the Emergence of Counselling in India
Counselor –Client Expectations and goals
193
UNIT II
PROCESS OF COUNSELLING
Counseling Process – Phases
Micro and Advanced Skills
Intervention Techniques
Evaluation in counselling
Termination in Counselling
Use of Records in counselling
UNIT III
HUMANISTIC AND PSYCHODYNAMIC APPROACHES
Person Centered Therapy
Psychoanalytical Therapy
Gestalt Therapy
Existential Therapy
Reality, Transactional Analysis.
Use of Therapies in the process of counselling (Practical)
UNIT IV
POST MODERN APPROACHES IN COUNSELING
Cognitive Behavior Therapy
Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy
Family Therapy
Brief Therapy
Neuro Linguistic Programming
Identification of a problem and use of any one of the therapies (Practical)
References:
Antony D John , (2005). Emotions in counseling, Anugraha Publications,
Tamilnadu
Antony D John , (2005). Self psychology, Anugraha Publications, Tamilnadu
Antony D John, (2006): Mental disorders encountered in counseling,
Anugraha Publications Tamilnadu
194
Antony D John, (2005).Family Counselling, Anugraha, Publications Tamilnadu
Antony, D. John, (2003). Skills of Counselling, Anugraha Publication,
Tamilnadu
Berne Eric, (1964). Game people play, New York: Grove Press
Burke, F. Joseph (1989). Contemporary approaches to Psychotherapy &
Counselling California : Brooke/Cole Publishing Co.
Capuzzi, David (1999). Counselling and Psychotherapies Columbia : Merril
Prentice Hall,London,Steel
Capuzzi, David, (1999). Counselling and Psychotherapies Columbia : Merril
Prentice Hall, London, Steel
Carkuff R.R.& Bereason, (1977).Beyond counseling and therapy, Merril
Prentice Hall, London Steel
Carkuff, R.R. and Bereason, B.S, (1977). Beyond Counselling and Therapy,
New York, London: Hot Rinchart & Winston
Chaturvedi, Ramesh, (2005). Educational and Vocational guidance and
counseling, Cresent Publications, Corporation, New Delhi
Coorey Gerald, (1977). Theory and Pactice of Counselling and
Psychotherapy,Brooks: Cole V.S. New York
Coorey Gerald, (2000). Theory and practice of Group counselling Brooks: Cole
V.S., New York
Corey, Gerald, (2000). Theory & Practice of Group Counselling, Brooks: Cole
V.S., New York
Corey, Gerald, (1977). Theory and Practice of Counselling And Psychotherapy,
Brooks: Cole V.S., New York
Dryden and Feltham, (1994). Developing counselor training,Sage Publications,
London Steel.
Etherington Kim Bond, (2001). Counseling in Health Setting,Jessica Kingely,
London Steel
Ewan gillon, (2007). Person centered counseling psychology,Sage Publications,
New Delhi
Feltham , Colin and Horton, Ian, (2000). Handbook of Counselling &
Psychotherapy Sage Publications, London Steel
Fuster T M, (1980).Personal counseling, Mumbai: St. Paul‟s Publications
Fuster T M, (1980). An intergration of Carkhuff‟s Models, St. Paul‟s
Publications
Gibson Robert, (2003). Counselling and Guidance, Merrill,595,199 New Jersey,
Fleet-2
Glasser William,(1965). Reality Therapy , Harper and Row Publishers, New
York.
Glasser William, (1965). Reality Therapy, New York; Evanster & London:
Harper & Row Publishers New York.
195
Mary Jenis, (2014). Counselling Process: Adelaide Publications
Lucian, Brother. J. FSC, (1966). Readings for Counsellors -Volume II
Madhukar Indira, (2000). Guidance and counseling, Authors Press, 2000, Delhi
Steel -2
Marvin R. Goldfred, Gerald C. Davison, (1977). The art of Counselling USA:
Parthenon press at Nashvilla, Tennessee
Munro, Anna Manthai Bob, (2005). Counseling Skill of Problem Solving,
Routledge,1989, London Steel - 5
Narayan Rao (2007).Counselling and Guidance, Tata Mac Graw Hill
Publications,2007, Bangalore, M H C
Palmer Stephen, Dainow, Sheila and Milner, Pat, (1996). Counselling-The BAC
Counselling Reader, Volume one, Sage Publications
Patterson, C.H, (1966). Theories of Counselling & Psychotherapy, New York:
Harper & Row publisher
Ravi Meera (2005). Counseling what Why and How, Viva Books Private Ltd,
Bangalore
Schultz Duane/Schultz Sydney Ellen (2012). Psychology and Work today,
Wadsworth Publishing, Sydney
Villere Maurice, (1981). Transactional Analysis at work, New Jersey: Prentice
Hall Inc. Engle Cliffs.
MSW 434-P-XX.3
LABOUR LAWS-II
Course Objectives:
To understand the laws pertaining to service conditions of labour in certain
establishments
To provide knowledge with regard to wage legislations
To understand the Employment / Social Security and other important
legislations
To provide skills in interpreting labour laws.
Course Content:
UNIT I
LAWS PERTAINING TO CONDITIONS OF LABOUR:
Motor Transport Workers Act, 1961
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
196
The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Employment) Act, 1996.
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Sales Promotion Employee (Conditions of Service) Act, 1976
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Interstate Migrant Workman (Regulation and Conditions of Employment)
Act 1979.
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and Filing of Returns
UNIT II
WAGE RELATED LAWS
The Payment of Wages Act, 1936
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Minimum Wages Act, 1948
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Working Journalists (Fixation of Rates of Wages) Act, 1958
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and filing of Returns
UNIT III
EMPLOYMENT/ SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS
The Employment Exchanges (Compulsory Notification of Vacancies) Act, 1959
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Karnataka Industrial Establishment (National and Festival Holidays) Act,
1965 Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Employee State Insurance Act, 1948
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Employee Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and filing of Returns
197
UNIT IV
OTHER LAWS
The Environment Protection Act, 1986
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) 1981
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) 1974
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Provisions on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Companies Act, 2013
The Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and
Redressal) Act,2013
Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions
Legal Compliances and filing of Returns
References:
Achar, M.R, (1979). Labour Rules in Karnataka, Bangalore: Yellamma
Publications
Bare Acts. Booklets, Published by different Publishers like – Allahabad Law ,
Delhi Law House & Eastern Book Company
Garg. Ajay (2012). Nabhis Labor Laws, Nabhis Publication, New Delhi.
Kapoor N.D, (1992). Elements of Industrial Law New Delhi: Sultan Chand &
Sons
Kothari G.M. Law relating to Disciplinary matters & Standing orders, Bombay
N.M. Tripathi Pvt. Ltd.
Kumar H.N, (1992). Law Relating to Strike Gherao, and Demonstration, New
Delhi: Universal Book Traders
Malhotra O.P, (1985). Industrial Disputes Act 1947, Lucknow: Easter low Book
Company
Mishra, Srikant, (1989). Modern Labour Laws and Industrial Relations, New
Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications
Sachdeva Anil. (1999). Industrial and Labor Laws, Rajasthan Law Publishing,
Jodhpur
198
Rekhapalli, Giridhari Lal, (1992). Domestic Enquiries into charges against
Employees and Workmen: Principles Procedures, New Delhi: Deep and Deep
Publication
Singh B D, (2009). Labor Laws for Managers, Excel Books, New Delhi
Srivastava K.D, (1990). Commentaries on Payments of Wages Act 1936, New
Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications
Srivastava K.D, (1992). Commentaries on Factories (Regulation & abolition )
Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications
Taxman. (2012). Labor Laws, Taxman Publishing House, New Delhi
Journals: Labour Law Journal, Journal of Industrial Relations
MSW 444 P-XXI
ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND BEHAVIOUR
Course Objectives:
Develop an understanding of Organization and Organizational Behavior.
Enhance Knowledge of the motivation and its relation to behavior and
performance.
Understand the concept of Organizational Change
To understand how to manage Organizational Change and their impact on
Organization Performance.
Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION
Organizations- Concept, Objectives and types
Principles and Process of Organization
Organizational Structure – Concept of Organizational Structure
Types and Functions of organizational structure
Individual and groups in organization
Issues of Organizations in the Indian Context
199
UNIT II
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR, ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND
DEVELOPMENT
Organizational Behavior – Definition - Importance - Historical Background -
Fundamental concepts of OB - 21st Century Corporates - Different models of
OB i.e. autocratic, custodial, supportive, collegial and SOBC
Theoretical frameworks of OB: Cognitive, Behavioral and Social Learning.
Applicability of theoretical framework in Indian Organizations
Organizational Design - Various organizational structures and their effects on
human behaviour
Organizational culture – Differences between Culture, Climate and its impact
on organizational effectiveness, Measurement and Improvement methodologies.
Organizational change – Meaning, Concept, Characteristics of Organizational
change:, models, Forces of change, resistance to change, managing
organizational change and diversity
Organizational Development: Process, Phases , Models, Approaches and
Interventions and evaluation
UNIT III
MOTIVATION, POWER AND LEADERSHIP IN ORGANIZATION
Personality & Attitudes - Meaning of personality - Development of personality -
Nature and dimensions of attitude - Job Satisfaction - Organizational
Commitment, Employee Engagement.
Motivation - Motives - Characteristics - Classification of motives - Primary
Motives - Secondary motives
Morale - Definition and relationship with productivity - Morale Indicators.
Theories of Work Motivation - Maslow's theory of need hierarchy - Herzberg's
theory of job loading, + two other theories
Group Dynamics: Meaning of work group, types, group formation process,
interactions, power and conflicts among group, group dynamics, at work place.
Formal & Informal group, Role and types of groups in organization
200
Sources and types of Power in Organizations, Distinction between Power and
Authority and influence Power and politics – organizational conflict and
conflict management
Leadership - Leadership: Concept, characteristics/ qualities of leader, types of
leadership, HR manager as leader. Team Building. Managerial Ethics:
Individual ethics, ethical dilemmas in management
UNIT IV
INDUSTRIAL MENTAL HEALTH AND COUNSELLING
Industry and society: Industry as a part of social system, socio-cultural
environment in industry. Social and Individual problems/issues in industry-
quality of life, gender issues, gender discrimination & sexual harassment at
work place, human rights issues and how they impact mental health and
equilibrium of individuals and groups
Individual dysfunctional Behaviors - Absenteeism, Alcoholism, aggression,
apathy and non cooperation. Recognizing mental health issues – Emotionally
affected and directing them towards the right remedial course of action.
Employee Counseling – Concept, techniques and effectiveness evaluation
Greviance Management – Management Mechanisms – Structured schemes,
open door policy, Informal gettogethers
Managing Occupational Stress: concept of occupational stress, stressors,
fatigue, monotony, burnout, impact of stress on employees and employer,
modern work-culture, setup, job-demands and stress, stress management-
coping mechanisms/ strategies. Case studies- BPO, IT, modern High-tech
industries, service sector
Assertiveness Training: Benefits of assertiveness – components of assertive
Behavior. Developing assertive behavior skills, assertiveness on the job,
assertiveness in interpersonal relations
Creating a healthy workplace – Mental Health Policy – Need and Elements,
Preventing problems by eliminating or minimizing stress at source Minimizing
the negative effects of stress via education and management strategies,
Assisting individuals who are experiencing the effects of stress
201
References:
Andrew, Dubrin J, (2006). Leadership – Research Findings, Practice, and Skills,
New Delhi, Biztantra Publication.
Aswathappa K, (2008). Organisational Behaviour- Text, Cases and Games,
Mumbai, Himalaya Publication House.
Donald, Hislop, (2007). Knowledge Management in Organization. A Critical
Introduction, Oxford University Press.
Dwivedi, R S, (2000). Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour: a
Global Perspective‟, Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi
Fred Luthans, (2007). Organizational Behaviour‟, McGraw Hill Education New
Delhi.
Hersey and Blanchard (2001). Management of Organizational Behaviour and
Utilizing Human Resources Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
Khanka.S.S (2000). Organizational Behavior, Kitab Mahal Publication, New
Delhi
Khanka, S S, (2008). Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, S Chand and Co.,
Ltd.
Hellriegul Don and Slocum John W., Jr, Thomson (2004). Organisational
Behaviour, New Delhi.
ICFAI, (2004). Organisational Behaviour, Hyderabad,Centre for Management
Research.
Kumar Arun and Meenakshi N, (2009). Organisational Behaviour- A Modern
Approach, NIILM Center for Management Studies, New Delhi.
Luthans Fred, (2005). Organisational Behviour, New York, McGraw Hill
International Edition.
Mcshane L.Steven (2006). Organisational Behaviour Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi.
Misha (2001). Organisation behaviour,Mumbai,Vikas.
Moorhead Gregory Griffin, Ricky W., (2007). Biztantra - Organisational
Behaviour- Managing People and Organisations, New Delhi.
Nelson, Debra L and James Compbell (2007). Organisaional Behaviour-
Foundations, Quick, Realities and Challenges, New Delhi, Thomson South-
Western,.
Northouse Peter G, (2003). Leadership- Theory and Practice, New Delhi,
Response Books: A Division of Sage Publications.
202
Prasad L.M, (2002). Organizational Behaviour, Sultan Chand & Sons
Publications, New Delhi.
Robin Fincham Peter Rhodes (2005). Principles of Organizational Behaviour
Oxford University Press New Delhi.
Robbins Stephen P (2006). Organisational Behaviour 12th Edition Prentice Hall
(India) Pvt Ltd New Delhi.
Robbins, Stephen P, (2007). Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Pearson
Education.
Rosemary K C, (2008). Leadership Development- A Guide for HR
Rao, P Subha (2004). Management and Organizational Behaviour, Himalaya
Publishing House
203
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (o) /SSW/AC/10/16
o. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in M.Sc. -
Counselling for the M.Sc. Degree Programme in Counselling.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 29, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
204
PART - I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE BOARD OF
STUDIES IN M.Sc. – COUNSELLING HELD ON FRIDAY JULY 29, 2016 AT
11.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, MANGALURU - 2
Members
Dr. Audrey Pinto : in the Chair
Ms. Rosa Nimmy Mathew : Member
Dr. A.R. Krishnamurthy : University Representative
Ms. Shailaja shasthri : Subject expert
Mr. Paul Raj : Subject expert
Ms. Bavyashree Kullal : Alumna
Ms. Manjula A Rao : Allied Area
AGENDA
1. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017
Examinations.
2. Assessment and review of I-III [Nov.2015] & II-IV [May 2016] Semester
Question Papers and Results.
3. Approval of Revised the CBCS programme and syllabus of M.Sc. -
Counselling
PART - II Preparation of the Panel of Examiners
Panel of Examiners was reviewed and new members were incorporated to ensure more
number of examiners to accelerate the examination work. The approveded Panel of
Examiners was drawn out separately and sent to the Registrar (Evaluation) of the
College.
PART – III: Review of the previous year‟s Question papers and Results
The Question papers were reviewed and the pattern of the end semester question
papers was scrutinized. The new pattern of question paper was appreciated by the
members as it would cover the entire syllabus.
The Board expressed overall satisfaction of the previous semester results i.e. the
performance of the students in the II and IV Semester Examinations as reflected in the
205
results is found to be satisfactory. The members expressed their satisfaction regarding
92.86% success in II semester and 90% in IV semester as one student was not able to
attend the examination. They were glad to note that 7 out of 14 students of 1st of 2
nd
semester and 6 out of 10 from the 3rd
& 4th semester passed with distinction. Five from
1st and four from 2
nd semester and three from 3rd and two from 4
th semester passed
with a first class.
PART – IV
At the Outset the chairperson welcomed the members and thanked them for their
presence. Discussion on determining soft core and hardcore subjects was initiated by
the Chairperson after giving a thought to the importance of the subject matter for
M.Sc. Counseling. The board decided to finalize the number of hardcore and soft core
subjects as per university regulations
Chairperson thanked the members, especially for having given suggestions to frame
and revise the syllabus as per the new choice based credit system introduced by the
university. The board approved the M.Sc. Counselling revised syllabus framed for all
the semesters and 2 electives for the second and third semester offered for other
masters programme, keeping in mind the requirement of the other specialization.
[Annexure: I]
The members were requested for their continued support. They were thanked profusely
for their co-operation in updating the syllabus and attending the meeting.
The meeting was concluded at 3.00 p.m.
NAME SIGNATURE
1. Dr. Audrey Pinto : ------------Sd/---------------
2. Ms. Rosa Nimmy Mathew : ------------Sd/--------------
3. Dr. A.R Krishnamurthy : ------------AB--------------
4. Ms. Shailaja shasthri : ------------AB-------------
5. Mr. Paul Raj :------------Sd/- ---------------
6. Ms. Bavyashree Kullal : ------------Sd/---------------
7. Ms. Manjula A Rao : ------------Sd/---------------
Sd/-
DR. AUDREY S. PINTO
CHAIRPERSON
BOS in M.Sc.- Counselling
206
ANNEXURE - I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (COUNSELLING) NOVEMBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem.
Nov. 2015
% III Sem. Nov.
2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 14 10
No. of Students Passed 13 92.86 10 100
No. of Students failed 01 7.14 --
No. of Student Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS; NOVEMBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem. Nov.
2015
% I Sem. Nov.
2015
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 02 14.28 04 40
70% & above but below 80% 05 35.71 02 20
60% & Above but below 70% 05 34.71 03 30
55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 01 10
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --
Below 35% 1 7.14 -- --
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 92.86 100.00
207
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (COUNSELLING) MAY – 2016
Particulars II Sem. May
2016
IV Sem. May
2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 14 10
No. of Students Passed 13 92.85 09 90
No. of Students failed 01 7.14 01 10
No. of Student Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS: MAY – 2016
Particulars II Sem. May
2016
% IV Sem. May
2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 03 21.43 02 20
70% & above but below 80% 04 28.57 04 40
60% & Above but below 70% 04 28.57 02 20
55% & Above but below 60% 02 14.28 -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- 01 10
Below 35% 01 7.14 01 10
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 92.86 90
TOP SCORERS IN M.Sc. (Counselling) DEGREE PROGRAMME:
2014 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all four Semesters]
Reg. No.
Name of the Candidate
Marks
obtained
[out of 2500]
%
Ranking
14414606 PRAKRITHI P. 2024 80.96
FIRST
14414601 ANKITHA 2020 80.80 SECOND
14414603 FATHIMA SUZNA 1956 78.24 THIRD
208
M.Sc. Counselling (Choice Based Credit System) 2016- 2017 onwards
School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore
SEMESTER I
Hard Core = 5
Soft Core = 1
Hard core T.
Hrs.
credits Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam
Total
Marks
MSC 501 C – I
Human Behaviour
and Development
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 511 C – II
Theories of
personality
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 521 C – III
Basic Counselling
Skills
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 531 C – IV
Practical:
Counselling Process
6 4 4 30 70 100
MSC 541 C – V
Practical: Social /
Group Process
6
4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MSC 551 C – VI
Positive Psychology
4 4 3 30 70 100
Total credits 28 24 600
209
SEMESTER II
Hard Core T. Hrs credits Exam Hrs. Intrnl
Ass.
Exam
Total
Marks
MSC 502 C -
VII
Psychotherapy
4 4
3
30 70 100
MSC 512 C –
VIII Practical:
Assessments
for Counselling
6 4 4 30 70 100
MSC 522
C –IX
Practical:
Counselling
Skills
6 4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MSC 532 C –
X Group
Counselling
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 542 C –
XI Behaviour
Dysfunctions
4 4 3 30 70 100
Open Elective
C – XII OE 2.2
Behaviour in
Social Context
3 3 3 30 70 100
Total credit 27 20+3* 600
*Non credit subject
Hard Core = 3
Soft Core = 2
Open Elective = 1
210
SEMESTER III
Hard Core T. Hrs credits Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam
Total
Marks
MSC 503 C – XIII
Areas of counselling
4 4
3
30 70 100
MSC 513 C – XIV
Practical: Group
Counselling
Techniques
6 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 523 C – XV
Practical: Individual
Counselling
Techniques
6 4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MSC 533 C – XVI
Counselling Across
Life Span
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 543 C – XVII
Psychometry,
Research methods
and Statistics
4 4 4 30 70 100
Open Elective
C – XVIII OE 3.2
Counselling Skills
and Behavioural
Techniques
3 3 3 30 70 100
Total credits 20+3* 600
*Non credit subject
Hard Core = 3
Soft Core = 2
Open Elective = 1
211
SEMESTER IV
Hard Core T.
Hrs
Credits Exam
Hrs.
Intrnl
Ass.
Exam
Total
Marks
MSC 504 C – XIX
Compulsory internship
(150-160 hrs. of
counselling)
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 514 C – XX Case
Studies
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 524 C – XXI
Project/Dissertation
Viva Voce
(1external &1internal)
8 5 30
--
70
100
100
100
Soft Core
MSC 534 C –
XXII Educational
counselling
4 4 3 30 70 100
MSC 544 C – XXIII
Marital And Family
Counselling
4 4 3 30 70 100
Total credits 21 600
Hard Core = 3 [including Project]
Soft Core = 2
[Case studies & Dissertation are integrated with Compulsory Internship]
Hard Core Total Credit = 52
Soft Core Total Credit = 28
Project = 05
Open Electives = 06*
Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non credit subject]
212
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
(Common for all semesters)
Section: „A‟
5 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions to be spread
across the entire syllabus. No choice. Each question carries 2 marks i.e.5x2=10
marks
Section: „B‟
4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire
syllabus. Each question caries 5 marks. I.e. 4x5=20 marks
Section: C
4 essay type/analytical type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be
spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. I.e.
4x10=40marks
213
Semester I
MSC 501 - Human Behavior and Development -Paper I (Hard Core)
Objective: To present students the basic psychological processes involved in behavior and to gain
knowledge of the concepts and theories of development.
Unit I: A. Introduction: Definition and goals of Psychology; Major Schools of thought in psychology
- Biological, Psychodynamic, Behavioristic, Gestalt, Cognitive, Humanistic, Cross Cultural and
Evolutionary; Methods of studying behavior - observation and experimental.
B. Motivation & Intelligence: Motivation – Meaning, nature, definition, types of motives. Theories
of Motivation- Drive, Incentive and optimal level. Measurement of motives. Intelligence: nature,
factor theories and cognitive models of intelligence, Gardner theory; Characteristics, types and uses of
intelligence tests; Determinants of intelligence.
Unit II: A. Learning: Definition; Classical conditioning-basic processes - extinction, spontaneous
recovery, generalization, discrimination, higher order conditioning. Operant Conditioning-basics of
operant conditioning; Reinforcement and punishment; Processes - Generalizations, Discrimination,
shaping, chaining; schedules of reinforcement, significance of operant conditioning. Thorndike‟s law
of effect.
Social and Cognitive learning: latent learning, observational learning (Bandura), Insight learning
(Kohler).
B. Memory: Basic processes-Encoding, storage, retrieval; Models of memory- Atkinson and Shiffrin,
levels of processing model and parallel distributed processing model, Forgetting-Decay theory,
Interference theory; Prospective memory; memory dysfunctions; Improving memory-mnemonic
strategies.
.
Unit III: A. Concept of Human Development: Introduction, Meaning, Principles of Human
Development; Theories of Human Development – Piaget, Vygotsky (Dialectical), And Erickson.
Methods of Studying Human Development: Sequential Studies, Cross-sectional, Longitudinal, Case
Studies, Self Report.
B. Prenatal Life: Characteristics of the Period; Stages of Prenatal Development – Germinal Stage,
Embryonic Stage, Fetal Stage; Determinants of Prenatal Health: Teratogens – Medication and Non-
medical Drugs; Alcohol, Nicotine, Caffeine, Radiation, Pollutants,
Maternal Diseases and Infections, Emotional Stress, Nutrition, Physical Activity, Maternal Age, Rh
Incompatibility.
Unit IV A: Childhood and Adolescence: Childhood –Characteristics; Cognitive Development,
Emotional Development, Psychosocial Development –Only Child, Siblings, First Friends, Play,
school. Adolescence: Biological changes, Reactions to Physical Changes; Identity versus Identity
Confusion (Erikson). Kohlberg‟s theory of Moral Development;
B: Middle Age and Old Age: – Physical changes in Middle Age, The distinctiveness of adult
cognition-role of expertise integrative thought & practical problem solving. Physical changes of old
age-Organic and systemic change, the aging brain. Sensory and psychomotor functioning, Sexual
functioning; Death Education – Goals, Finding meaning and Purpose in Life and Death.
214
References
1. Ciccarelli, S.K & Meyer, G.E. (2008), Psychology. New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
2. Diane E. Papalia & Wendkos Olds(1998) “Human Development” 7th
International Edition, McGraw Hill Publication.
3. Elizabeth B. Hurlock (1981) “Developmental Psychology – a Life-span
Approach” 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication,
4. Feldman, R.S. Understanding Psychology, (1996) 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
India.
5. Hilgard, Atkinson and Atkinson, (1975) Introduction to Psychology, Oxford
IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Laura E. Berk(1999) “Child Development”, Prentice Hall of India,
7. Morgan, King, Weiss and Schopler, Introduction to Psychology, 7th Edition,
(1989) McGraw Hill India.
8. Passer & smith,( 2007)psychology, 3rd
edition Tata McGraw Hill publication
9. Robert. A. Baron, (1995) Psychology, 3rd Edition New Delhi: Prentice Hall
India.
10. Santrock ( 2007) child development, 11th
edition, Tata McGraw hill publication.
MSC 511 Paper II - Theories of Personality
Objective: To introduce the concept and understanding of personality and to orient the
students its application in case analysis and therapeutic formation.
Unit 1: Introduction to Personality:
A. Concept and definition of Personality. Brief history of personality psychology
Determinants of Personality - Genetics, Traits, Socio cultural Determinants,
Learning, Unconscious Mechanisms, Existential-Humanistic Considerations and
Cognitive Processes.
B. Personality assessment: Testing and Non testing methods-
Self Report inventories, rating scale, clinical interviews, behavioural
assessment, thought sampling procedures, projective techniques
Unit II: Psychodynamic and trait theories
A. Classical Psychoanalytical theory: Freud, Neo Analytic: Adler, Horney and
Erich fromm.
B. Trait theories- Allport, Cattell, Eysenck.
Unit III: Behaviorist and Learning aspects of personality
A. Social Learning: Dollard & Miller.
B. Social Cognitive learning theory: Bandura, Kelly
215
Unit IV: Humanistic &Existential theories A. Maslow, Rogers,
B. Rolo May, Viktor Frankl
References:
1. Bischof, L.J (1970) Interpreting Personality Theories(.2nd Edition.)Harper
International Edition.
2. Friedman,H.S and Schustack,M.W(2004)Personality,(2nd
edition),Pearson
Education Pvt Ltd.India.
3. Gerrig,R.G & Zimbardo,P.G (2006) Psychology and Life.(17th Ed.) New
Delhi:Pearson Education.Inc.
4. Hall.C.S & Gardner,L.(1989)Theories of Personality(3rd
Edition)John
Wiley & Sons,New york.
5. Hergenhann,B.R and Olson,M.H.Theories of
Personality.NewDelhi:Prentice Hall
6. Isaacson,R.L.., Hutt,M.L Blum,M.L(1965)Psychology: The Science of
Behavior/The Science of Interpersonal Behavior.NewYork:Harper &
Row Publishers.
7. Schultz, D.P & Schultz, S.E (2007)Theories of
Personality.NewDelhi:Wadsworth
MSC 521 Basic Counselling Skills- Paper III (Hard Core)
Objectives: This paper aims at introducing the students to an overview of counseling; special
emphasis is laid on learning of basic skills through Ivey and Egan models. The students are
also introduced to ethical issues in counselling.
Unit I: A. Introduction: Definition, scope and, goals; historical development of counseling;
counselor-counselee relationship. Current trends;
B. Characteristics and profile of a counselor; Types of interventions, Difference between
psychotherapy and counseling, approaches to counseling;
Unit II: Counselling Skills:
A. Techniques of appraising the clients – psychological and non-test appraisal. The micro
skills approach; pacing; attending behaviour- physical attending- zones and seating skills –
visual/eye contact, verbal tracking, attentive and authentic body language, usefulness of
silence
216
B. Active listening –kinds of listening and inadequate listening; Use of open, closed and other
types of questions, monitoring- feeling and physical reaction, encouraging, paraphrasing,
summarizing, reflection of feeling, and basic empathy.
Unit III: A. Stages of Helping Process: Counselling preparation, content, process and steps,
Ivey‟s model and Egan‟s three-stage model;
B. Advanced skills–confrontation, self-disclosure, immediacy, influencing skills; Focusing–
exploring the story from multiple perspective; Dealing with Resistance and reluctance.
Unit IV: Values and Ethical Issues in the Helping Relationship:
A. The role of values in helping; Exposing values versus imposing them; Value conflict with
clients– lesbian, gay, bisexual, family issues and gender role identity;. Role of spiritual &
religious values in counseling; counselors‟ assumptions and multicultural competencies
B. Ethical Issues; Problems in using codes of ethics. Principle ethics and virtue ethics, steps
& ethical decision making model, Transference and counter transference and its ethical
implications;confidentiality ethical and legal issues.
References:
1. Antony J.D. (2009) Principles of practice of Counselling. Anugraha publications
2. Antony J.D. (2003) Skills of counseling. Anugraha publications
3. Antony J.D ( 2008) types of counseling, Anugraha publicaton
4. Burnard.P,(2004) Counselling skills training. New Delhi: Viva books
5. Brems christane (2000) basic skills in Psychotherapy and counseling. Brooks /cole
6. Corey C; Corey S.C &Callanan P ( 2003) Issues and Ethics in the helping Professions
(6th Ed) Brooke/Cole)
7. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,
(6thEdition). Pacific Grove CA: Brooke/Cole.
8. Corey, M., S. & Corey, G. (2003). Becoming a Helper. (4th Edition). Pacific
9. Egan .G.(1990) Exercises in helping skills (4th
edition) Brooks & Cole publication.
10. Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole..
11. Gibson R.L.(2005) Introduction to Counselling& guidance.( th Ed) Pearson
publications
12. .Ivey A., & Ivey M., B. Intentional Interviewing and Counselling. (5th
Edition). Pacific
Grove CA: Brooke/Cole
13. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling& Guidance (2nd Ed.) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
MSC 531 Practical Paper IV Counseling process (Hard Core)
1. Observation
2. Social perception
3. Verbal creativity
4. Goal setting behavior
5. Schedules of reinforcement
6. Judgment of facial expressions
217
7. Visual & Verbal Memory
8. Effect of mental set on problem solving
9. Intake assessment skills & case history
10. Mental status examination
11. Skills- Rapport building, contracting, establishing counselling goals
NB: To Conduct a minimum of 7-8 experiments from each part.
MSC 541 Practical Paper V Social process (Hard Core)
1. Team building
2. Measurement-Social motives/attitude
3. Prejudice/ Stereotype measurement
4. Communication network: Verbal and non-verbal
5. Leadership
6. Decision making
7. Problem solving in Group
8. Conflict management/resolution
9. Personal Values
10. Self-acceptance
11. Prestige Suggestion
12. Sociometry in group
NB: To Conduct a minimum of 7-8 experiments from each part.
MSC 551 Positive Psychology- Paper VI (Soft Core)
Objective: It aims to bring an understanding about the basic principles of positive
psychology, promote positive relationship & to help the students to acquire insights into their
own strengths and utilize them to increase their and others‟ wellbeing.
Unit 1: Introduction & Positive Emotion
A. Meaning, definition, assumptions and goals. Eastern and Western perspectives on
positive psychology
B. Positive emotions, health Resources and well-being, Cultivating positive emotions-
flow, savoring.
Unit 2: Happiness
A. Meaning and Measures of happiness , types of happiness, effects of happiness,
happiness across life span, gender and happiness, factors contributing to happiness.
B. Money, materialism & happiness, subjective wellbeing ,components of subjective
wellbeing – Emotional , Physical and Social
Unit 3: Virtues, Positive Self & Positive Cognitive Strategies
A. Classification of Virtues , Wisdom - Theories, development of wisdom, characteristics
of wise People , hope optimism, self-efficacy, self-esteem.
B. Personal goal & self-regulation, planning, self-control failure, positive coping
strategies & assessing coping
218
Unit 4: Positive Change & Positive Environment
A. Positive change- stages of change: resilience, love, forgiveness gratitude, altruism,
mindfulness- attributes;
B. Positive schooling, positive parenting, gainful employment, positive psychotherapy,
Emotional Intelligence- Theories.
References:
1. Alan Carr( 2002) Postive Psychology , Londom , Routeldge
2. Daniel Goleman. Bantam(1998) Working with Emotional Intelligence
3. David G. Myers. The Pursuit of Happiness Avon
4. Dweck C.S ( 2006) Mindset- The New Psychology Of Success, Ballenrine books, N.Y
5. Hefferon & Boniwell( 2011)positive psychology Theory, Research & Application ,
McGraw hill
6. Lopez shane ( 2009) Encyclopedia of positive psychology, willey black well
publication
7. Seligman, M.E.P., (2006). Learned Optimism; Vintage books, USA
8. Snyder &lopez (2007) Positive Psychology, sage publication
9. Steve R.B & Marie K.Crothers – Positive Psychology, Pearson Publication.
10. Weiten W. and Lloyd M.A (2004) Psychology applied to Modern Life,Thomson and
Wadsworth
SEMESTER II
MSC 502 PAPER VII - PSYCHOTHERAPY (Hard Core)
Objective: The objective of this paper is to introduce major concepts and techniques of
psychotherapies.
Unit I:
A. Introduction: Characteristics of an effective counselor, Issues of beginning therapists
B. Carl Rogers- therapeutic process, client therapist relationship: Reality therapy-
characteristics, principles and methods.
Unit II: Behaviour therapy
A. View of human nature, Basic assumptions therapy goals and behavior analysis.
Techniques: Classical conditioning-Aversion, implosion, Exposure therapies and self-
Management
B. Operant conditioning-Shaping, Modeling and Contingency Contracting ,relaxation training,
assertiveness training, Multi modal approach; Evaluation and recent trends
Unit III: Cognitive Behavioural approaches
A. Aaron T. Becks Cognitive therapy-Basic concepts, Principles, techniques and application
B. Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy- basic concepts, principles, techniques & application.
Meichenbaum‟s Cognitive Behavior modification-Behavior change and coping
219
Unit IV: Gestalt therapy and other approaches
A. View of Human Nature; Principles, Basic Concepts-the now, unfinished business,
avoidance, Layers of neurosis, contact & Resistance, Energy The therapeutic process,
techniques and procedures; role of confrontation Application and recent trends.
B. Solution-Focused: - Basic concepts & techniques. Brief counselling and Narrative therapy:-
Basic concepts and techniques. Supportive therapy: Neuro-Linguistic programming and yoga
therapy.
References:
1. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha
publication.
2. Capuzzi D & Gross D.R. (1999) Counselling& psychotherapy. Theories &
Interventions. Prentice Hall Inc.
3. Corey G. (2009) Counselling& Psychotherapy- Theory &Practice( India
edition) Learning India Pvt.Ltd.
4. Corey M C & Corey G (2007) Becoming a Helper(5th Ed) Brooks/Cole
publishing
5. Corey,G(2000),Theory and practice of counselling and psychotherapy 6th
edition,printice hall inc
6. Cormier,W.H& Cormier (1991)Interviewing Strategies for Helpers,
Brooks/Cole publishing
7. Donner fisher &hayer, ( 2003) Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, John Willy &
sons
8. Egan G (1994) The Skilled Helper,(5th Ed)Brooks/Cole publishing.,CA
9. Feltham C and Horton I (2000) Handbook of Counselling and Psychotherapy.
10. Ivey A & Ivey M.B(2007) Intentional Interviewing and Counselling.(6th Ed)
Brooks/Cole
11. Kazdin,A.E(2001) Behavior modification:Belmont:Wadsworth
12. Life Skills Education-Training Module (2005)- SANDHAN
13. Nelson-Jones R (1988) Practical Counselling and Helping Skills
14. Nelson-Jones R (2002) Essential Counselling and Therapy Skills.Sage
publication
15. Rim & Masters ( 1979) Behavior Therapy, Academic press.
16. Rogers Carl R(1995) On Becoming A Person.Houghton Mifflin Co.Boston
17. Speigler,M.D and Guevremont,D.C(1998) Contemprory Behavior Therapy.
Albany :Brooks/cole
220
MSC 512 Assessments for Counselling
PRACTICAL PAPER VIII - PRACTICALS (Hard Core)
Assessment for counselling
I Cognitive Functions
1. Raven‟s Progressive Matrices
2. Bhatia‟s Performance Battery
3. Draw-a-Man Test
4. Assessment of intelligence using Seguin Form Board
5. A Group test of General Mental Ability
6. Attention and Concentration
7. P.G.I Memory scale
II Personality:
Self report methods 1. Eysenck‟s Personality Questionnaire (JEPQ)
2. Neo-Five factor Inventory
3. Singh‟s Differential Personality Inventory
Projective methods
1. Draw-A-Person Test (DAP)
2. Sentence Completion Test
3. T.A.T.
III Aptitude and interests
1. David‟s Battery of Differential Abilities-Revised (DBDA-R)
2. Strong Interest Inventory (SII)
3. Comprehensive Interest Schedule (CIS)
IV Other measures
1. State-Trait Anxiety Test
2. Empathy Scale – C.G.V. Murthy
3. Becks Depression Scale
4. C.M.I Health Questionnaire
P.S to conduct a minimum of 7-8 tests
221
MSC 522 Counselling Skills
PRACTICAL PAPER IX (Hard Core)
Counselling skills & Assessment 1. Pre- Training assessment
2. Developing generic skills
3. Knowing yourself as a counselor
4. Basic listening skills
5. Establishing contacts with clients
6. Attending and Observing behavior
7. Reflection of meaning and influencing skills
8. Empathetic understanding & Positive Regard
9. Immediacy, Confrontation and focusing
10. Rapport building
P.S To conduct a minimum of 7- 8 tests
FIELD WORK-Interactive assessment cum reporting case studies on a minimum of
three individuals. Students will initiate the counselling process, set up goals and assess
through administration of a battery of tests comprising at least one each in all
categories of tests- Minimum of 3-4 tests (Practical Part I and II), analyze results and
present comprehensive reports.
MSC 532 PAPER X - GROUP COUNSELLING (Soft Core)
Objective: This paper aims at introducing the basic concepts of Group Counselling,
stages of group development, skills, techniques and strategies to group process. To
facilitate group guidance and therapeutic group counselling processes from a multi
theoretical and cross– cultural perspective.
Unit I: Introduction to group counselling and ethical issues
A. Introduction: Goals, Definitions and types of group, Rights and issues of group
participants, Uses and misuses of group techniques, psychological risks in group.
B. Personal characteristics of the effective group leader, problems and issues for
beginning group leader, Group leadership skills and functions, skills for opening
and closing group sessions, co-leadership model, Effective identifying of non-
verbal behavior of the members,
Unit II: Stages in group Development:
Pre-group issues-formation of the group
Stage 2:-Initial stage-orientation and exploration
Stage 3-Transition-Dealing with resistance;
222
Stage 4-Working stage-Cohesion and productivity;
Final stage-consolidation and termination; Post group issues: - follow-up and
evaluating groups- process and outcome.
Unit III: Theoretical approaches to group counselling
A. Adlerian, :- key concepts, role and functions of the leader, application, techniques
and critical appraisal
B. Transactional Analysis and Existential approach to group:- key concepts, role and
functions of the leader, application, techniques and critical appraisal
Unit IV: Techniques based on:-
A. Psychodrama: key concepts role and functions of the leader, application,
techniques and critical appraisal.
B. Behavioural group therapy: - role and functions of the leader, application,
techniques and critical appraisal.
Reference:
1. Capuzzi.D and Gross D.R (1999) Introduction to group work. London: Prentice
Hall.
2. Corey G. (2008) Group counseling. India edition. Brooks/Cole
3. Corey M.S. & Corey G. (2006) Group process & practice. Brooks/ Cole.
4. Corey,G(2000) Theory and Practice of group counselling (5thedition) Belmont
CA:Brookes/cole.
5. Edward E.,Jacobs;Robert L.,Massom and Riley L.Harvill(2001) Group
Counselling: Strategies and skills(4th edition)London:Wadsworth.
6. Ivey A.E,Pedersen.P.B& Ivey M B(2001) Intentional group counseling micro
skill approach. Belmont CA:Wadsworth
7. RutanScolt J(1990) Psychotherapy for 1990‟s.Guilford press
8. Yalom I.D (1995) The theory and practice of group therapy.4th
ed. New york:
Basic books
MSC 542 PAPER XI - BEHAVIOUR DYSFUNCTION (Soft Core)
Objective: This paper aims at enabling the students to learn the types, symptoms &
psychosocial causes of various dysfunctional behaviors in view of helping clients
through counselling.
Unit I:Introduction to Abnormality
A. Introduction: Meaning of Abnormality; Normality and Abnormality criterion;
B. Models to understand Abnormal Behavior: Biological, Psychodynamic, Behavioral,
Cognitive-Behavioral perspective and psychosocial causal factors of abnormality;
Models of classification of Abnormal Behavior-DSM V and ICD 10. Human rights
for mentally ill
223
Unit II: Anxiety, Stress-related & neuropsychological disorders
A. Anxiety disorders: Clinical characteristics and Psychosocial causal factors:- Phobic
anxiety disorders(Panic disorder with and without Agoraphobia, Social Phobia &
Specific Phobia) ,Generalized anxiety disorder and Obsessive compulsive disorder.
B. Stress-related disorders: Clinical characteristics& Causal factors, acute stress
reaction, Post Traumatic Stress disorder and Adjustment disorder.
Neuropsychological disorders: Clinical characteristics: Dementia of the
Alzheimer‟s Type (DAT) and Vascular Dementia (VAD).
Unit III: Psychotic and Mood disorders
A. Schizophrenia: Clinical characteristics, Psychosocial and Socio cultural causal
factors –Paranoid, Hebephrenic, Catatonic, Undifferentiated and Simple. Delusional
disorders: Clinical characteristics and causal factors
B. Mood disorders: Clinical characteristics and psychosocial causal factors- Unipolar
and Bipolar Disorders.
Unit IV Disorders of adult personality and behavior
A. Personality disorders: Clinical characteristics and Psychological causal factors:
Cluster A (Paranoid, Schizoid and Schizotypal),Cluster B (Histrionic, Narcisstic,
Antisocial and Borderline),Cluster C (Avoidant, Dependent and Obsessive-
Compulsive )
B. Disorders of sexual preference and sexual dysfunctions: Sexual preference: Clinical
characteristics: Fetishism, Fetishistic transvestism, Voyeurism, Exhibitionism,
Sadomasochism and Pedophilia. Sexual dysfunctions: Types and Clinical
characteristics
Reference:
1. Ahuja.N(2002).A Short Textbook of Psychiatry.(5th Ed).New Delhi:Jaypee
Brothers.
2. Alloy,L.B., Riskind,J.H&Manos,M.J (2006) Abnormal Psychology: Current
Perspectives.9th Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
3. Barlow,D.H and Durand,V.,M.(-)Abnormal Psychology,2th edition. CA:
Brookes Cole Publishing Co.
4. Carson,R.C,Butcher.J.N, Mineka.S&Hooley.J.M(2007)Abnormal Psychology
and modern life,13th edition. Pearson Education, New Delhi.
5. Comer,R.J.(2001) Abnormal Psychology,4th edition, New York:Worth
Publishers.
6. Kaplan, H.I.,Sadock,B&Grebb.J.A.(1994) Synopsis of Psychiatry. New Delhi:
Jaypee Brothers.
7. Mangal .S.K (1994).Abnormal Psychology. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers
Private Ltd.
8. Neale, J.M & Davison, G.C.,(1997) Abnormal Psychology,7th Edition, USA:
John Wiley and Son.Inc.
224
9. Sarason and Sarason (2005) Abnormal Psychology: The problem of
maladaptive behavior, 10th edition. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Semester II- Open Electives
OE 2.2 Behaviour in Social Context/ Human Nature and Society
Objectives: To enable the students to learn the social basis of behaviour. Special emphasis is
laid on the social influences, impression management, building relationships and Pro-social
behaviour. The learners are expected to relate these aspects with the socio-cultural context.
Unit I: Social perception and Cognition: Attribution- attribution theories, sources of
error Impression formation and impression management schemas & its impact,
heuristics, sources of error in social cognition, Affect & cognition
Unit II Social Influence – Conformity- factors influencing conformity, basis of
conformity, resisting confimity,Group think, hazards of Group think ;Compliance-
Principles and techniques to gain compliance; Obedience- Milgram study, causes and
resisting destructive obedience, Indoctrination.
Unit III Interpersonal Relationship - Types, Attachment styles, building relationships,
Interpersonal attraction: definition, origin, proximity- impact, influence of emotion and
other characteristics in interpersonal attraction, triangular theory of love
Unit IV- Prosocial Behavior: - Definition, Diffusion of responsibility & Bystander
effect, - five steps of helping; characteristics of helpers, theories- empathy altruism
hypothesis, negative state relief model, empathic joy hypothesis, genetic determinism model.
References:
1. Baron, R., A. & Byrne, D. (1999). Social Psychology. New Delhi: Prentice Hall
2. Bonner, H. Group Dynamics: Principles of Application.
3. DeLamater& Myers (2009) Text book of Social Psychology, Cengage learning.
4. Feldman, R.S. (1998) Social Psychology 2nd edition New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc
5. Forsyth, D. (1990). Group Dynamics, (2nd Ed). Pacific Grovee: Brooks/Cole
Publication
6. Lamberth, J. (1980), Social Psychology. Mac Millan Publications
7. Gun, R., Semen & Klaus Fielder. (1996). Ed. Applied Social Psychology. London:
Sage.
8. McDavid, J.W. &Harari, H. (1969) Social Psychology. New York: Harper & Row.
9. Myers. D. G. (2005), Social Psychology. 8th Edition, Tata-McGraw Hills.
10. Prabhu, V.V. & Joshi, M.S. Social Psychology. Mumbai: VipulPrakashan
225
SEMESTER III
MSC 503- Paper XII Areas of Counselling ( Hard Core)
Objectives:
To provide an insight into trauma, ways of managing stress and intervention strategies. To
gain an understanding of substance abuse and dependence and ways of detoxification and
rehabilitation. To understand issues related to mental health and ways of coping. To gain an
understanding of marriage as a foundation of family; areas of marital discord and ways of
handling them.
Unit I: Trauma
A. Definition, Types of trauma, Trauma Assessment ,Post traumatic stress, Traumatic grief,
Integrated Model of Trauma Counselling, Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Models,
Secondary Traumatic Stress or compassion fatigue; Trauma Aftercare – Four Stage
Model, Trauma and Spirituality.
B. Suicide: Assessment and Interventions.
Unit II Substance Abuse and other addictions A. Definitions, theoretical approaches, concepts – use, abuse, dependence, prevention.
Treatment and rehabilitation- Pathological gambling, Addiction to pornography, Cyber
addiction.
B. Overview of Addiction treatment: Natural recovery, twelve-step recovery, cognitive-
behavioural therapies, motivational enhancement therapy, stages-of-change model,
problem-oriented treatment, solution-focused treatment, group therapy, family therapy
and community based interventions.
Unit III: Health and Wellness
A. Defining health psychology, health and wellness, models of health, stress and wellbeing.
Coping with Stress. aches & pain management.
B. Counselling interventions & techniques for anxiety disorders, adult depressive disorders,
Eating disorders, Sleep Disorders, HIV and AIDS, Cancer, heart diseases, Obesity and
Diabetes,
Unit IV: Work Place Counselling
Introduction –Need and purpose of counselling. Nature, The Role of Counsellor at
Work, Internal and External counselling provisions for organization, Models of
Counseling in Organizations. Employee assistance programs.
References:
1. Antony J D (2005), Trauma Counselling. Tamil nadu; Anugraha Publication.
2. Carroll & Walton(1997), Handbook of Counselling in organization. New Delhi: Sage
publications
3. Curtis, A. J. (2000). Health psychology. New York: Routledge.
4. Ogden (1996), Health Psychology. Sage publication.
226
5. Rice (2000) Health Psychology. Pearson publication
6. Simos, G. (2002), Cognitive Behaviour therapy: a guide for the practicing clinician.
Sussex: Brunner- Routledge
7. Spiers, T. (2001). Trauma: A practitioner‟s guide to counselling, New York:
Brunner- Routledge.
8. Welfel, E.R. & Ingersoll E.R. (eds) (2001).The Mental health desk reference: a
practice based guide to diagnosis, treatment, and professional issues. New
Jersey: John 16.Wiley & Sons, Inc.
9. Williams, Tom(1987) Post Traumatic Stress disorder: A handbook for
clinicians.
10. Zeigler, P& Hiller, T(2001) Recreating partnership: A solution oriented,
Collaborative approach to couples therapy. New York: WW Norton
MSC 513 Paper XIII Practical: - Group Counselling Technique ( Hard Core)
Objective: students take turn and conduct the group therapy for their companions in the
presence of the trainer (therapist) and will receive live supervision.
1. Planning and starting groups – Pre group planning, planning the overall
group program and phases of the session, planning for the beginning stage, the first
session, the second session and subsequent sessions – screen contracting and setting
goals.
2. Exercises – Selection, introducing, conducting and processing exercises
3. Dealing with problem situations in groups – member styles, silence,
Sexual feelings, crying, hostility, asking members to leave.
4. Attending and observation skills behavior – visual, vocal, verbal, body
Language, movement harmonics.
5. Focusing, pacing, leading and linking skills – Focus on: group, subgroup,
individual, individual main theme, group leader, environment / context, here and
now, then and there.
6. Leadership skill of basic listening sequence – questioning, encouragement,
restatement, paraphrasing, reflection of feeling, summarization, the checkout.
7. Skills of structuring dimensions and stages of groups – initiating the group,
gathering data, the positive asset search, working (examining goals, sharing,
confronting, re-storying), ending (generalizing and acting on new stories).
8. Skills and strategies for interpersonal influence- Listening, reframing,
interpreting, using self-disclosure, giving feedback, structuring strategies,
exploring logical consequences, eliciting and reflecting meaning, managing
conflict via confrontation.
9. Closing a session or a group – skills in closing a session, closing a group and
follow up procedures
227
MSC 523 Practical Paper- XIV Part 1- Individual Counselling Techniques( Hard Core)
Objective: focus of this practical is to train students to integrate counselling theories in
practice. These training procedures are set to begin the process of sensitizing the students to
variety of cultural and gender issues which affect the counselling process.
1. Verbatim Recordings
2. Behavioral techniques- shaping, habit reversal and token economy, Systematic
desensitization.
3. Jacobson‟s progressive muscular relaxation, Meditative relaxation technique
4. Meichenbaum‟s stress inoculation training
5. Ellis A-B-C-D Analysis
6. Social skill training
7. Assertiveness training
8. Solution focused techniques - Miracle Questioning, Scaling questioning, Exception
questions
9. Gestalt – empty chair, language exercise
10. Bio feedback P.S to use any of the 6-8 techniques
MSC 533 Paper XV - Counselling Across Lifespan ( Soft Core)
Objectives: This paper introduces the student to the different concepts & issues in the
developmental years. It aims at providing skills of counselling & their application in different
situations.
Unit I: Counselling children & Adolescents
A. Introduction to the Counselling process: Interview & Communication with the
child; a general Model for counselling, dealing with Children who are maltreated-
Physically, verbally and sexually abused, neglected, children of chemically dependent
parents. Addressing issues of grief, depression and suicide in children.
B. Issues in counselling adolescents- Emotionality during adolescence, Teen violence,
sex interests and behaviour, Sexual abuse, peer pressure, Depression and suicide,
Family relationships during adolescence.
Unit II: Counselling adults and women
A. Issues in Counselling adults: workplace counselling, Marriage and Premarital
counselling, counselling families, Divorce, Remarriage, Step parenthood, Single hood
and Mid-life crises.
B. Issues in Counselling Women: Feminist counselling; Women going through- pre-
menstrual tension (PMT), menopause, polycystic ovarian syndrome; domestic & work
place violence
228
Unit III: Counselling elderly and rehabilitation counselling
A. Issues in counselling the elderly: Adjustment in Old age: Retirement, Empty nest
syndrome, Change in family life, Loss of spouse, Remarriage, living arrangements.
Older adults as clients: Counselling procedures with older adults and their caregiver.
B. Rehabilitation counselling: Introduction to Disability, Types, problems. Assessment
of person with Disability. Empowerment of girls and women with disability.
Introduction to Rehabilitation, History of Rehabilitation, Rehabilitation process in
half way homes and day care centres (Alcoholics, Mentally Ill, & Drug Addicts).
Legal aspects of rehabilitation.
Unit IV: career and sexual counselling
A. Introduction to career counselling - Suggestions and Benefits for Individual career
development, theories of Career development, decision making and exploration
techniques, Career counselling with children, adolescents, college students and
women.
B. Sexual Counselling- Goals, prerequisites of counsellor, steps in sex counselling. Sex
therapy- purpose, stages, male and female dysfunction. Use of RET in sexual
dysfunction.
References
1. Berk, L.E. (2007) Development through the life span.( 3 rd Ed.) New Delhi: Pearson
Education.
2. Brammer & Shostrom(1982) Therapeutic Psychology.Prentice Hall.
3. Carroll, M. (1996). Workplace Counselling, Surrey: Sage
4. Chandrashekar.CR.Manual on students Counselling.Bangalore:Dept of Collegiate
Education Government of Karnataka.
5. Cooper Steve(2005) Comrehensive handbook for counselling.ND.Infinity book
6. Corey G.(2000) Theory and practice of group counseling. Australin.Brooks
7. Decenzo D.A & Robbins S.P 92003) Personnel a& Human Resource Management
New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
8. Donelson F. E. (1999). Women‟s experiences: Psychological perspective. CA:
Mayfield Publishing Company.
9. Gelso & Fretz(1995) Counselling Psychology.Bangalore:press
10. Gibson & Mitchell.( 2005)Introduction to Counselling and Guidance, pearson
education.
11. Haug,Ford & Sheafor.The Physical & Mental Health of aged women NY:Springs
Publishing Co.
12. Hoyer, W.J. and Roodin, P. A. (2003). Adult Development and Aging (5th ed.).
New York: Mc Graw Hill.
13. Hulock E.B. (1967) Adolescent Development( 3 rd Ed.) New York: Mc. Graw
Hill.
14. Hulock E.B. (2003) Developmental Psychololgy: A life span approach. 5th Ed.
New Delhi: Tata Mc. Graw Pub. Co.Ltd.
15. Makin,J.P (1999)Organisation & Psychological contract.Hyderbad:Uni.Press
229
16. Papalia, D.S., Old, S.N. & Feldman, R.D. Human development ( 9 th Ed. ) NewDelhi:
Tata Mc.Graw. Hill
17. Peterson & Nisenholz. Orientation to counselling.
18. Russel.M.N .Skills in counselling Women: The feminist Approach. Illinois:Charles C
Thomas Publishers.
19. Thomas, J. C. & Hersen, M. (eds) (2002). Handbook of mental health in the
Work place. CA: Sage publications, Inc.
20. Thompson, C.L., Rudolph, L.B. & Henderson, D (2004) (Ed.) Counselling
Children, Belmont: Brooks/Cole
21. Vishala. M. (2006) Guidance & Counselling. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company
Ltd.
MSC 543 Paper XVI Psychometry, Research Methods and Statistics( Soft Core )
Objectives:
To develop an understanding of various statistical techniques in terms of their assumptions, applications and limitations.
To familiarize students with various design of experiments and statistical procedures.
Unit I- Psychometry
A. Psychological test: - Definition, characteristics, major classification and uses. Scales of
measurement- nominal, ordinal, Interval and Ratio.
B. Test Construction & development; reliability and validity.
Unit II- Research Methodology-
A. Scientific research: Definitions of research and types of research, Steps involved in
research process, Research problem –source, defining statement; Data collection
procedures.
B. Sampling: Population and Sample, probability and non-probability sampling methods and
determinants of sample size. Research Designs-characteristic and types- experimental &
non experimental
Unit III: Descriptive statistics.
A. Measures of Central Tendency - mean Median and Mode; Measures of dispersion- range
Quartile, Mean and Standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation.
B. Normal distribution - characteristics of normal probability curve, applications;
Correlation:-types, coefficient of correlation, Pearson's Product Moment Method and
Spearman's Rank order Method.
Unit IV: Hypothesis testing:
A. Hypothesis-definition, Criteria of a good hypothesis, characteristics, types, testing and
limitations. Levels of Significance, one tailed and two- tailed test, Degrees of Freedom.
Type I and Type II errors.
B. Parametric test: Nature and assumptions, t-test, one way ANOVA - purpose and
assumptions. Non-Parametric test: Nature and assumptions, Chi square test, Contingency
coefficient, Use of Computer in Research & evaluations: coding, data entry, data
verification, data processing and analysis. Report writing - format.
230
References:
1. Ahuja, R. (2005) Research Methods, New Delhi, Rawat Publications.
2. Anastasi, A and S. Urbina, (1997) Psychological testing. 7th Edition (Indian reprint)
Pearson education. Delhi.
3. Aron & Aron & coup E.J( 2006) statistics for psychology 4th
edition, pearson
education.
4. Broota, K D (1992). Experimental designs in behavioural research. New Delhi,Wiley
Eastern.
5. Freeman, S.K (1962) Theory and practice of psychological testing. New Delhi: Oxford
publications.
6. Garrett H E () Statistics in Psychology and Education. Vakils Pfeffer & Sons.
7. Guilford.J.P (1936) Psychometric methods: Bombay, Tata Mc graw hill.
8. Gupta, S.P. (2005) Elementary Statistical Methods, New Delhi: Sulthan Chand and
Sons.
9. Hepner, Kirlinghan & Wampold(1992) Research Design in Counselling Brooks/ Cole
10. Kaplan,Sucuzzo &Dennis (2001) Psychological testing: Principles and applications
(5th ed) Australia : Wordsworth publications
11. Kerlinger, N. (1996). Foundations of behavioural research. Prentice Hall of India.
12. Kothari, C.R (2004). Research methodology: Methods & techniques. New Delhi New
Age international publishers
13. Schweiger, W.A. (1997). Research methods Psychology - a Hand Book. Delhi:
Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd.
14. Singh, A.K. (1997). Test measurement and research methods in Behavioural
Sciences. Patna: Bharathi Bhavan Publishers and Distributors.
15. Wood,G(1981) Fundamentals of Psychological Research(3rd Ed) Little Brown & Co
M.Sc. Counselling
Semester III- Open Electives
OE 3.2 Counselling Skills and Behavioural Techniques
Objectives
This paper aims at introducing students to an overview of Individual counselling and stages
of group development. Emphasis is laid on the skills of counselling and techniques of the
Behavioural Approach.
UNIT – I: Introduction to Counselling
Definition; Difference between counselling and guidance; Goals and functions of
counselling; Characteristics of an effective counsellor, Approaches to counselling- ( in
brief) psychodynamic, humanistic, behaviouristic, gestalt and cognitive..
UNIT II: Skills of counselling
Micro skills: basic listening sequence ,open and closed questions, active listening sills-
encouraging, paraphrasing, summarizing, reflection of feelings; advanced skills-
focusing, confrontation, self-disclosure, influencing skills.
UNIT III: Counselling Process & Relationship
Preparation, content process & steps in counselling; Importance of relationship ;
components of relationship; Facilitative conditions for the counselling relationship.
Egan‟s three stage model.
Stages in group development- pre-group issues, initial stage, transition, working stage,
final stage & post group issues.
231
UNIT IV: Behavioural Approaches; Principles and Goals
Techniques; Implosion and Exposure Therapies; Shaping Modelling, contingency
Contracting, Relaxation and Assertive training.
References:
1. Antony J.D. (2009) Principles of practice of Counselling. Anugraha publications
2. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha publication
3. Antony J.D. (2003) Skills of counseling. Anugraha publications.
4. Antony J.D.(2010) Types of counseling. Anugraha Publications.
5. Burnard.P,(2004) Counselling skills training. New Delhi: Viva books
6. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,
(6thEdition). Pacific Grove CA: Brooke/Cole.
7. Corey, M., S. & Corey, G. (2003). Becoming a Helper. (4th Edition). Pacific
8. Egan .G. (1990) Exercises in helping skills (4th
edition) Brooks & Cole publication.
9. Egan, G. (2001). The Skilled Helper: A Problem Management Approach to Helping.
(7th Edition). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
10. Gibson R.L.(2005) Introduction to Counselling & guidance.( 4th Ed) Pearson
publications
11. Ivey A., & Ivey M., B. Intentional Interviewing and Counselling. (5th
Edition). Pacific
Grove CA: Brooke/Cole
12. Mc Leod counselling skills, Rawat publication
13. Nelson.R-Jones. (2002). Basic Counselling Skills. London: Sage.
14. Patterson L. &Welfel.R. (2004)The counseling process. Australia: Wadsworth
15. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling& Guidance (2nd Ed.) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
IV SEMESTER
Paper XVII Code No. MSC 504 Compulsory Internship [Supervised fieldwork of 150-
160 hours] (hard Core )
Maintain a journal of counselling placement which should be signed by the supervisor. The
log sheet has to be regularly signed by the head of the department. There should be weekly
supervision individually /in groups.
MSC 514 P – XVIII Case Studies and Evaluation (hard Core ) Submit a minimum of 5
long case studies with clients who had been terminated after a minimum of five sessions; 10
short case studies of 2-4 sessions; 20 one time client cases , verbatim and an audio transcript
of a counselling session;
MSC 524 P – PAPER XIX Project/ Dissertations & Viva Voce ( hard Core)
The candidate is required to Conduct workshop/project minimum of 4 ( each workshop
consist of 4 sessions) on various issues of the target population in different set up.
Dissertation should be in a particular area of interest based on a large or small sample as per
the concerned problems. The Candidates should demonstrate the ability to use research
methods and statistics in the study of Counselling issues.
232
Note:
1. Making students do counselling or conducting group therapy for exams will not be ethical
practice. The students‟ counselling practice and group therapy / Counselling should be based
on their supervision
MSC 534 – Paper XX Educational Counselling (Soft Core)
Objectives: To enable the students to understand the various issues related to learning and its
assessment. To introduce students the need for and application of counselling techniques to
the educational setting and to improve student mental health
Unit I : Introduction and Facilitative Counselling Techniques
A. Definition, Nature of guidance and Counselling; Counseling the primary school child,
High school and College student.
B. Play, Art Drawing, Drama, Metaphors, Storytelling, and Biblio-Counselling
Unit II: - Counseling Exceptional children
A. Definition, Causes, Types, Psycho-educational interventions for Mental retardation,
Scholastic deficits/ Learning disabled, Autism spectrum Disorder.
B. Definition, Causes, Psycho-educational interventions underachievers, slow learners,
gifted and talented.
Unit III: - Academic Development, Teacher and Parent Counseling
A. Learning and Teaching models; reading, writing, note making and Study skills. Cognitive
issues: causes and factors affecting attention, concentration, remembering, forgetting, and
cognitive training. Class room problems: discipline, listening, norms violation, and
aggression.
B. Teacher Counseling: Teacher as counselor - Process; Classroom approaches- Guidance,
meetings & Group discussions. Parent counseling: Goals, Counselor's role, Parent-
consultation programme, Parent - teacher consultation, Discussion and study groups
Unit IV: Counselling Specific targeted groups
A. Behavioural and emotional disorders; Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD),
DBD, Bullying, Enuresis and Encopresis
B. Juvenile delinquency, Tics, sibling rivalry disorder, School Refusal Behaviour,
separation anxiety disorder, truancy.
Reference:
1. Aggarwal J.C., (2007) Essentials of Educational Psychology, 2nd Ed., Vikash
Publications.
2. Dandapani, S. (2001). A Textbook of advanced educational psychology 2nd ed.
New Delhi. Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd.
3. Herson, Kenneth T & Eller, Ben F. (1999).Educational Psychology for Effective
Teaching – New York:Wadsworth Publishing Company,.
233
SC 544 Paper XXI Marital and Family Counselling (Soft Core)
Objectives: To help the students to know the dynamics of the Marriage and Family. To
introduce students the assessments and interventions in Marriage and Family counselling.
Unit I: Introduction to marriage and family; Definition, factors, evolution, changing scenario-
Indian Family, Dimensions of marriage, family process and adjustment. Cohabitation, stages
of marriage, factors affecting spouse selection, reasons for marrying
Unit II: Family Dynamics: Gender, communication, Decision Making and Intimacy. Problem
families and its impact. Managing economic resources
Family stress and Coping - Impact of death, chronic illness, physical and mental disability,
Alcoholism and addiction, violence and abuse, divorce on the family life cycle. Resilient
family, conflict in marriage relationship
Unit III: Assessment of couples and Families: Characteristics of healthy family relationships,
methods- self report, observation and interview. Assessment model- circumflex, Mc master,
Calgary. NIMHANS Model of family assessment, Beaver‟s systems model of family
assessment. Genogram as a tool for family assessment, Structural mapping in assessing family
interactions.
Unit IV: Marital and Family Counselling Techniques: developmental Models of family-
Conjoint, concurrent, strategic, structural, trans-generational and narrative techniques. Group
marital counselling, Process and interventions, Solution focused contextual, experiential,
Gottman model.
References
1. Antony J.D.(2010) Types of counseling. Anugraha Publications.
2. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha
publication.
3. Capuzzi D & Gross D.R. (1999) Counselling& psychotherapy. Theories &
Interventions. Prentice Hall Inc. 4. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,
(6thEdition). Pacific Grove CA: Brooke/Cole.
5. Jacobson N.S & Margolin ( 1979) Marital Therapy, Brunner and Maze publication
6. Zeigler, P& Hiller, T(2001) Recreating partnership: A solution oriented,
Collaborative approach to couples therapy. New York: WW Norton
4. Hurlock, E.B., (1984) Child Development, 6th
Ed., New Delhi, Tata McGraw –
Hill Publications.
5. Nayak, A K & Rao, V K (2002). Guidance & Career Counselling -. New Delhi
: APH Publishing Corporation.
6. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling & Guidance -2nd
Ed. New Delhi:Tata Mc Graw
Hill
7. Shrimali, S.S. (2005), Child Development, New Delhi, Pearson Education
8. Thompson, C.L., Rudolph, L.B. & Henderson, D (2004) (Ed.) Counsellin
children, Belmont: Brooks/Cole
234
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.1 (p) /SSW/AC/10/16
p. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in M.Sc. (CFS)
for the M.Sc. Degree Programme in Criminology and Forensic Science.
The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, July 30, 2016 is placed before
the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
235
PART – I
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN M.Sc.
CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSIC SCIENCE (PG) HELD ON JULY 30, 2016 AT
10.00 A.M.IN THE DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY & FORENSIC
SCIENCE, SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2
MEMBERS:
1. Mrs. Saritha D‟Souza : in the Chair
2. Dr. Vina Vasvani : Subject Expert
3. Dr. Nagesh K.R : Subject Expert
4. Dr. Geethalakshmi P., : Subject Expert
5. Sri. Harishchandra Hejamadi :Industry Representative
6. Mrs. Kavitha K., :Legal Expert
7. Dr. B. Nagaraja Murthy :University Nominee
8. Mr. Peter Kiran A. : Meritorious Alumnus
AGENDA:
i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners for the year 2016–2017.
ii. Review of I & III (Nov. 2015) and II & IV (May 2016) semester question
papers and results.
iii. Approval of revised CBCS pattern and syllabus of M.Sc. (CFS)
iv. Any other matter with the permission of the Chair.
The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.
The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.
PART – II
The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves
and recommends for adoption. The Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and
forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, in the prescribed
format in Annexure-I.
PART- III
The Board expressed satisfaction over previous academic years Question Papers and
results. The results of the students are attached in the annexure-II.
236
PART-IV
The revised syllabus for M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science was placed before the
members. The Board discussed the syllabus and a number of suggestions for alterations
and modification of both theory and practical papers were given by the members. The
Board approved and adopted the changes suggested by the members.
PART- V - Any other matter: Nil
The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.
NAME SIGNATURE
1. Dr. Vina Vasvani -----------Sd/- -----------
2. Dr. Nagesh K.R -----------Sd/- -----------
3. Dr. Geethalakshmi P. ---------- AB-------------
4. Sri. Harishchandra Hejamadi -----------Sd/- -----------
5. Mrs. Kavitha K. -----------Sd/- -----------
6. Dr. B. Nagaraja Murthy -----------AB-------------
7. Mr. Peter Kiran A. ------------Sd/------------
Sd/-
SARITHA D‟SOUZA
CHAIRPERSON
BOS in M.Sc. Criminology & Forensic Science
237
ANNEXURE - I
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (CFS) NOVEMBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem. Nov. 2015
%
I Sem. Nov. 2015
%
No. of Students Appeared 10 10
No. of Students Passed 10 100 09 90
No. of Students failed -- 01
No. of Student Absent -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- --
M.SC. (CFS) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS; NOVEMBER – 2015
Particulars I Sem. Nov. 2015 % I Sem. Nov. 2015 %
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 04 40 02 20
70% & above but below 80% 03 30 06 60
60% & Above but below 70% 03 30 01 10
55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --
Below 35% -- -- 1 10
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 100 90
238
OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (CFS) MAY – 2016
Particulars II Sem. May
2016
% IV Sem. May
2016
%
No. of Students Appeared 10 -- 10 --
No. of Students Passed 07 70 10 100
No. of Students failed -- -- -- --
No. of Student Absent 03 30 -- --
No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- --
M.Sc. (CFS) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS: MAY – 2016
Particulars II Sem. May
2016
% IV Sem. May
2016
%
90% & Above -- -- -- --
80% & Above but below 90% 01 10 -- --
70% & above but below 80% 02 20 06 60
60% & Above but below 70% 04 40 04 40
55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --
50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --
35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --
Below 35% 03 30 -- --
Absent -- -- -- --
Pass Percentage 70.00 100
TOP SCORERS IN M.Sc. (CFS) DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2014 - 2016 Batch
[Aggregate of all four Semesters]
Reg. No.
Name of the Candidate
Marks
obtained
[out of 2500]
%
Ranking
14515204 MATHIAS VANSHIKA
MARIA PEARL
2102 84.08 FIRST
14515203 JUANITA MYRTLE
SALDANHA 2054 82.16
SECOND
14515210 VIJETHA K. C. 1869 74.76 THIRD
239
M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science
(Choice Based Credit System)
2016- 2017 onwards
School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru
I SEMESTER
Paper title Teaching
Hrs per
week
Credits Exam
Hrs.
Internal
Assmt.
Exam
Total
Marks
Hard core
MCF 601 C-I : Scientific Aids
in the Detection of Crime
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 611 C-I I: Police Science
and Administration
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 621 C-III : Law of
Crimes and Procedure
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 631 C-IV: Practical:
Trace Evidences in the
Detection of Crime
6 4 4 30 70 100
MCF 641 C-V: Practical:
Crime Scene Investigation and
Procedure
6 4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MCF 651 C-VI: Criminology
and Victimology
4 4 3 30 70 100
Total credits 28 24 600
Hard Core = 5
Soft Core = 1
240
II SEMESTER
Paper title Teaching
Hrs per
week
Credits Exam
Hrs.
Internal
Assmt.
Exa
m
Total
Marks
Hard core
MCF 602 C-VII: Research
Methods in Criminology and
Forensic Science
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 612 C-VIII :
Criminalistics in Crime
Detection
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 622 C-IX: Practical –
Examination and Analysis of
Scientific Evidences
6 4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MCF 632 C-X: Practical – Field
Exposure and Research
Techniques
6 4 4 30 70 100
MCF 642 C-XI: Forensic
Psychology and Correction
4 4 3 30 70 100
*Open Elective
C - XIIOE 2.3 Fields of
Forensic Science
3 3 3 30 70 100
Total credits 27 23
[20+3*]
600
*Non credit subject
Hard Core = 3
Soft Core = 2
*Open Elective = 1
241
III SEMESTER
Paper title Teaching
Hrs per
week
Credits Exam
Hrs.
Internal
Assmt
Exam
Total
Marks
Hard core
MCF 603 C-XIII: Cyber
Forensics
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 613 C-XIV:
Questioned Document
Examination
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 623 C-XV: Practical:
Examination of Disputed
Documents
6 4 4 30 70 100
Soft core
MCF 633 C-XVI: Practical:
Computer Application in
Cyber Forensics
6 4 4 30 70 100
MCF 643 C-XVII: Modern
Approaches in Forensic
Science and Investigation
4 4 3 30 70 100
*Open Elective
C – XVIII OE 3.3:
Procedure of Police
Investigation
3 3 3 30 70 100
Total credits 27 23
[20+3*]
600
*Non credit subject
Hard Core = 3
Soft Core = 2
*Open Elective = 1
242
IV SEMESTER
Paper title Teaching
Hrs per
week
Credits Exam
Hrs.
Internal
Assmt
Exam
Total
Marks
Hard core
MCF 604 C-XIX: Forensic
Medicine and Toxicology
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 614 C-XX: Technology
and Security System in the
Administration of Justice
4 4 3 30 70 100
MCF 624 C-XXI: Dissertation
[Project] –
Viva Voce
10 5 4 30
--
70
100
100
100
Soft core
MCF 634 C-XXII: Practical:
Forensic Medicine and
Toxicology in crime detection
6 4 4 30 70 100
MCF 644 C-XXIII: Practical:
Modern Technology to Prevent
and Detect Crime
6 4 4 30 70 100
Total credits 30 21 600
Hard Core = 2 + 1 Project = 3
Soft Core = 2
Hard Core Total Credit = 52
Soft Core Total Credit = 28
Project = 05
Open Electives = 06*
Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non Credit Subject]
243
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
(Common for all semesters)
Section: „A‟
5 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions to be spread
across the entire syllabus. No choice. Each question carries 2 marks i.e.5x2=10
marks
Section: „B‟
4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire
syllabus. Each question caries 5 marks. I.e. 4x5=20 marks
Section: C
4 essay type/analytical type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be
spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. I.e.
4x10=40marks
244
M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science
(Choice Based Credit System)
2016- 2017 onwards
School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru
I SEMESTER
Hard Core
MCF 601 - PAPER-I: SCIENTIFIC AIDS IN THE DETECTION OF CRIME
UNIT-I:
1. Introduction to Forensic Science:
a) Meaning, definition and principles
b) Role of forensic science in crime detection
c) Forensic Science Lab., different branches & their functions
2. Finger Print: Meaning, Importance and History
Patterns and Classification of Finger Prints
Methods of taking Specimen Finger Prints of Living and Dead Person
Development of Finger Prints from a Scene of Crime
Comparison of Finger Prints
UNIT-II:
3. Forensic Ballistics: Classification of Fire-Arms.
Ammunition- Cartridge and their Components
Identification, Collection and Preservation of Ballistic Evidences found in a
Crime Scene.
Identification of a Shooter-Gunshot residue analysis (GSR)
Determination of Range of Firing, Angle of Firing, Identification of fire arms
Analysis of Suicidal, Homicidal and Accidental Shoot out cases
UNIT-III:
4. Explosives: Characteristics, Classification of Explosives-Various Kinds of High and
Low
Explosives
Location, Collection and Identification of Explosives
Methods of Disposal and Dispatch of Explosives
245
5. Soil, Dirt and Dust Examination: Main Constituents and Importance of- Visual &
Chemical
6. Paint Scrape Marks: Its importance and Techniques of Examination
UNIT IV:
7. Glass and Glass Fractures as Evidence in Crime Detection
8. Tool Marks: Importance and Role in Crime Detection.
9. Forensic Cheiloscopy/Lip print: - Introduction, Scope , laboratory analysis and
importance in Crime detection
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Amin M. G. & Singh Dr. Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal
Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh
2. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Singh Dr. V. H. K. (2008) - World Encyclopedia of
Forensic Science
3. Eckert & William G. (Ed. 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The C.V.
Mosby Company, London.
4. Fisher A.J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Ed. Elsevier
Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.
5. Jauhari B.C. & Gaur S.N. (Revised 2008) – Firearms : Forensic Ballistics,
Forensic Chemistry and Criminal Jurisprudence, Delhi Law House, New Delhi –
54 (India)
6. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. – 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence
and Toxicology (23rd
Ed.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
7. Nabar B.S. – 2005 (3rd
Ed.) Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law
House, Hyderabad.
8. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Allahabad-001.
9. Saferstein Richard – (1978) Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science,
Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
10. Saferstein Richard (1988) - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, Ed.
Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.
11. Schultz O. Donald (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New
Jerssey
12. Shah Giri Raj - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2
13. Sharma B. R. (4th
. Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and
Trial, Universal Publishers
14. Sharma B.R. - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law Agency,
Allahabad-2.
15. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
246
16. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear
Publishing Company. Inc., California.
17. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime
Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
MCF 611 - PAPER II: POLICE SCIENCE & ADMINISTRATION
UNIT I:1. Origin & Development of Police: Procedure of Prevention & Investigation of Crimes
2. Procedure of investigation of Cognizable and Non-Cognizable crimes.
3. Legal provisions of investigation as under CrPc.
UNIT II:
4. Procedure of photography and Sketching of a Scene of Crime, Handling and
packing of
scientific Evidences, Techniques of collecting Forensic Evidences for Expert
opinion,
Mobile Forensic Science units and its functions
5. Types of Scene of Crime, Planning for a crime scene search
6. Inquest: Types and Procedure
7. Types of Suspects and Techniques of their Interrogation
Types of Crime Scenes Witness and Techniques of their Examination
UNIT III:
8. Establishment and Functions of a Police Station, Different Crime Control Records
Maintained in Police Station
9. General Organization of Police in a State: Special Units of State Police
10. Structure and Functions of Central Police Organizations
UNIT IV:
11. Law and Procedure of Domestic Enquiry, Modernization of Police, National
Police
Commissions and research
12. Salient features of Indian Police Act and Karnataka Police Act
247
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Bailey B. David – Police and Political Development in India, Printed on
University Press, New Jersey.
2. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing
House, New Delhi-02
3. Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968 along with Rules
4. Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949 along with Rules 1955
5. Civil Rights Enforcement Act
6. Goddard W. Goddard (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing
Company, Virgenia
7. Horgan J. John (1974) – Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow – Hill Book Company
New York.
8. J.C. Chaturvedi (Editor 2006) – Police Administration & Investigation of Crime,
Isha Books, New Delhi – 33.
9. James V. (1997) – The Police, The People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing
Corp. New Delhi- 2.
10. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik Amrit K. (Edr. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence
and Toxicology (23rd
Edn.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
11. Police Acts (Containing 6 Acts)
12. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
13. Roy SinhaS. K. (3rd
Ed. 2008) - Police Diaries, Premier Publishing Co., Allahabad.
14. Saini Kamal (2007) – Police Investigation: Procedural Dimensions, Law &
Methods, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27
15. Schultz O.Schultz (1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New Jerssey
16. Shah Raj Giri - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2
17. Sharma B. R (2009) - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition),
Universal Law Publishing Co.,
18. Sharma P.D.–Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, Delhi.
19. Shenoy S. Shenoy (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,
Lawyers Law Book, Bangalore
20. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
21. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear
Publishing Company. Inc., California.
22. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
23. Vadackumchery & James (1999) - Professional Police: Witness Interviewing,
APH Publishing Corp. New Delhi- 2.
24. Weston B. Paul & Wells M. Kenneth. - Criminal Investigation: Basic
Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London
248
MCF 621- PAPER -III : LAW OF CRIMES AND PROCEDURE
UNIT-I:
1. General Exceptions and Rights of Private Defense (Sec.76-106 IPC)
2. Offences against Human Body (Sec.299-377 IPC) - Definition and Aggravation
3. Offences against Property (Sec.378-462 IPC) - Definition and Aggravation
UNIT-II:
4. Establishment and Functions of District Criminal Courts
5. Police procedure of Arrest, Search and Seizure of property
6. Bail- Meaning and Types, Conditions for various kinds of bail- Bail in Non-bailable
cases
and Bail in petty cases
UNIT-III:
7. Salient features of Indian Evidence Act (IEA), Distinction between Admission and
Confession, Provision of Confession under IEA, Types of Evidence- Expert
evidence -its
advantages and Limitations, Burden of Proof in Criminal Cases
8. Salient features of- a) Intellectual Property Act.
b) Right to information Act 2005
c) The Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954
d) The Karnataka Criminal Rules of Practice 1968
e) The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993
UNIT-IV:
9. Salient features of:
a) Prevention of Children from Sexual Offences Act 2012,
b) Sexual harassment of women at work place (prevention, prohibition&
redressal)
Act 2014
c) Domestic violence Act 2005
d) Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
e) Environmental Protection Act, 1986
10. Salient features of:
a) Motor Vehicle Act 1988 with recent proposed Amendments
b) The Mental Health Act, 1987
c) The Prevention of Terrorism Act, 2002
d) The Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949
e) The Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968
249
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Abadinsky Howard (1979) - Social Service in Criminal Justice- Prentice-Halls,
Inc., London
2. Acharya N.K. – Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 (2nd
Edition) Asia Law House, Hyderabad.
3. Augustine T. Paul (2007) - Intellectual Property Crime, Crescent Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi-02
4. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing
House, New Delhi-02
5. Chowhan R. G. (2008) - Karnataka Lokayuktha Act 1984 with Prevention of
Corruption Act, 1988, Karnataka Law Publisher, Bangalore
6. Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 1987 along with Rules
7. Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 along with Rules and Relevant Provisions of I. P.
Code, Cr. P. Code and Evidence Act
8. Identification of Prisoners Act, 1920
9. Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986 along with Rules,
1987
10. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence
and Toxicology (23rd
Ed.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
11. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim, Sage Publication,
London
12. Naresh Kumar (1986) – Constitutional Rights of Prisoners, Mittal Publications,
New Delhi-35.
13. Pande G.S. (2nd
Ed. 1982) – The Indian Evidence Act, Allahabad Law Agency,
Law Publishers, Allahabad.
14. Prevention of Damage to Public Property Act, 1984 along with West Bengal
Prevention of Defacement of Property Act, 1976
15. Prevention of Gambling Act, 1867 with State Amendments
16. Preventive Detention Laws (Containing 4 Acts)
17. Prof. Ramesh Chandra (Vol. 6 2004) – Global Terrorism, A Threat to Humanity,
Kalpaz Publications, New Delhi-52.
18. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) - Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C), Wadhwa &
Company Pvt., Limited, Nagpur.
19. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) - Indian Penal Code (IPC), Wadhwa & Company Pvt.,
Limited, Nagpur.
20. Rathanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) – Indian Evidence Act, Wadhwa & Company Pvt.,
Limited, Nagpur.
21. Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003 along with allied Acts
22. S.K. Pachauri (1999) - Prisoners and Human Rights, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi-02.
23. Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989
along with Rules, 1995
250
24. Sharma Sharma (2007) - Dowry Death: Legal Provisions and Judicial
Interpretation, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27
25. Sharma Vinay (2007) - Dowry Death: Legal Provisions and Judicial Interpretation,
Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27
26. Shenoy S. Ganesh (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,
Lawyers Law Book, Bangalore
27. Terrorist Affected Areas (Special Courts) Act, 1984
28. The Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956 (PITA)
29. The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 along with Rules,
1985 (NDPS)
30. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005 (2009) Commercial
Law Publishers, India
31. Tom & Jayaram Keya - Combating Sexual Harassment at the Work Place, India
Centre for Human Resource and Law (Unit of HRLN), Mumbai- 009.
32. Transfer of Prisoners Act, 1950 See Prisoners Acts
33. Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 along with Rules, 1968 POTA, 2002
and POTA (Repeal) Act, 2004
34. Verma Preeti (Ed.)- The Terror of POTA and other Security Legislations, Human
Rights Law Network, New Delhi-14.
35. Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, along with allied rules
MCF 631 - PAPER IV: PRACTICAL: TRACE EVIDENCES IN THE
DETECTION OF CRIME
1. Procedure of recording Finger Print of living persons
2. Manual and computerized comparison of finger prints
3. Developing latent finger prints
4. Identification of firearms remains, Identification of weapon, study on fire-arms
wounds
5. Forensic analysis of soil
6. Paint scrape analysis
7. Glass Fracture analysis
8. Microscopic examination of tool marks
9. Forensic examination of Lip print
10. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields
MCF 641 - PAPER V: PRACTICAL: CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATION
AND PROCEDURE
1. Qualitative analysis of crimes reported in newspaper
2. Critical analysis of criminological articles published in magazines.
251
3. Procedure of writing FIR in a simulated case
4. Procedure of registration of a cognizable case
5. A simulated report on escorting notorious criminals
6. Procedure of search and seizure in simulated criminal cases
7. Procedure of preparation of charge sheet in a simulated case
8. Procedure of sketching and photographing Indoor and outdoor crime scene
9. Inspection and reconstruction of scene of crime
10. Procedure of handling, packing of scientific evidences in a simulated crime
scene
11. Procedure of interviewing witnesses and interrogation of suspects in a simulated
crime scene.
12. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields
Soft Core
MCF 651 - PAPER VI: CRIMINOLOGY & VICTIMOLOGY
UNIT-I
1. Concept of Crime and Criminal behavior, Nature and scope of Criminology
2. Patterns of Criminal Behaviour and pioneer‟s contribution for the development of
Criminology
3. Causes of Crime ; Sociological factors, Sociological theories of crime
UNIT-II
4. Social institutions and Crime- Family, Political, Education, Media, Economic
Institutions
5. Social Deviance and Crime; Crimes against women- Prostitution, Sexual abuse and
Pornography
UNIT-III
6. Youth and Crime: Types, Causes and Combating of Youth Crime
7. Drug Abuse; National and International scenario
8. Recidivism: Factors and Prevention
9. Decriminalization: Need and Impact
252
UNIT-IV
10. Meaning, Development, pioneers and Scope of Victimology.
11. Typology of Victims, Victim offender relationship and cost of victimization
12. Victim-offender Reconciliation & Modern approaches in the Correctional
restitution.
13. Legal issues of Compensation to the Victim of Crime.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005 (2009) Commercial
Law Publishers, India
2. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim Sage Publication,
London
3. Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 1987 along with Rules
4. Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 along with Rules and Relevant Provisions of I. P.
Code, Cr. P. Code and Evidence Act
5. Rajan V.N. (1981) - Victimology in India, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Acharya N.K. (2007) – 2nd
Ed. – Commentary on Protection of Women from
Domestic Violence Act 2005, Asia Law House, Hyderabad.
7. Vinay Sharma (2007) Dowry Deaths – Legal Provisons & Judicial Interpretation,
Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-27.
8. Mohammad Farajiha Ghazuini (2002) – Police Protection to Victim of Crime,
Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-27.
9. Prakash Talwar (Editor 2006) – Victimology, Isha Books, New Delhi-33
10. M.C. Gupta, K. Chockalingam & Jaytilak Guha Roy (Editors 2001) – Child
Victims of Crime – Problems and Perspectives, Gyan Publishing House, New
Delhi-02.
II SEMESTER
Hard Core
MCF 602 - PAPER VII: RESEARCH METHODS IN CRIMINOLOGY &
FORENSIC SCIENCE
UNIT-I:
1. Definition, Meaning, Scope of Criminological Research
2. Problem identification and Problem formulation. (Defining and formulation
of Concepts, Hypothesis)
253
3. Use of Variables and their Measurements.
4. Preparation of a Study proposal- steps and procedures to be followed
UNIT-II:
5. Research Design, Typology and Procedures to be followed
6. Sample and Sampling Procedure, Types- Probability and Non- Probability
7. Data Collection: a. Sources- Primary and Secondary
b. Methods- Observation, Interview and Questionnaire
8. a)Tools of Data Collection- Preparation and their uses
b) Data Analysis- Methods and Procedures (Use of SPSS)
UNIT-III:
9. Statistics, Definition and Scope: Descriptive Statistics, Central tendency-
Computation and Application of Arithmetic Mean, Median and Mode
10. Measure of Dispersion
11. Computation of Range, Quartiles, Mean Deviation and Standard Deviation
UNIT-IV:
12. Inferential Statistics
13. Computation of Correlation, Co- efficient, T Test, and Chi- Square Test
14. Ethical and Political Issues in Forensic Science and Criminological Research
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Agarwal B. C. (2006) - Basic Statistical Tests, New Age International Publishers,
New Delhi
2. Ahuja Ram (2005) - Research Methods, Ravat Publication, New Delhi
3. Alasuutari, Pertti. Bickman, Leonard & Brannen, Julia (2008) – Social
Research Methods - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,
London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
4. Bachman Ronet & Schutt K Russell (2008)-Fundamentals of research in
criminology and criminal justice,Sage Publication.
5. Davies, Pamela. Francis, Peter & Jupp, Victor (2nd
Edition) (2011) – Doing
Criminological Research - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City
Road, London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
6. Hart, Chris (2005) – Doing Your Masters Dissertation – Vistaar Publications,
New Delhi.
7. Hartley, Richard D. (2011)- Snapshots of Research (Readings in Criminology
and Criminal Justice) - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,
London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
254
8. Lewins, Ann & Silver Christina (2007) – Using Softwre in Qualitative Research
(A step-by-step guide) - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,
London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
9. Salkind Neil J. (4th
Edition) (2011) – Statistics for People Who (Think they)
Hate Statistics - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,
London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
10. Salkind, Neil J. (2006) – Tests and Measurement for People Who (Think They)
Hate Tests & Measurement - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City
Road, London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
11. Singh A. K. (2006) - Tests, Measurements and Research Methods in Behavioural
Science, Bharathi Bhawan Publishing Company, New Delhi
12. Willig, Carla and Stainton-Rogers, Wendy (2010) – Qualitative Research in
Psychology - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road, London
ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.
MCF 612 - PAPER VIII : CRIMINALISTICS IN CRIME DETECTION
UNIT-I:
1. Foot Print/Shoe Print in crime detection.
Types of Foot Print
Preservation, Recording and Evidentiary Value of Foot Print
Walking Picture/Gait Pattern
2. Tyre Marks & Skid marks: Methods of Examination and its role in Crime Detection
and Microscopic Examination.
UNIT-II:
3. Blood: Location, Collection and Preservation of Blood.
Techniques of Examination of Blood- Visual, Chemical, Blood Grouping, U.V
and I.R Examinations.
Serology-Human origin and typing of Blood
Detection of different species of Animal Blood
4. Examination and analysis of Seminal and other body fluids like Saliva, Urine,
Sweat, Nasal Secretion and Tears.
UNIT-III:
5. Hair: Meaning, Importance and Morphology
Location and Collection of Hair in a Crime Scene
Techniques of Hair Examination in the Laboratory: Differences between
Human & Animal hair
6. Fibers in Crime Scene: Importance and Classification
Evidentiary Materials and Techniques of Examination of Fibers
255
UNIT-IV:
7. Chemical Examination of Petroleum products, Drugs and Narcotics.
Liquor and other spurious items, Items received under Food Adulteration Act.
8. Brain Mapping, Narco-analysis and Lie-Detection: Functions and importance in
criminal Investigation.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Amin M. G. & Singh Dr. Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal
Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh.
2. Carmack A.J.R. (Editor 1977)-Famous Pistols & Hand Guns, Baronie &
Jenkings, London
3. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Dr. V. H. K. Singh (2008) - World Encyclopedia of
Forensic Science.
4. Eckert & G. William (Editor - 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The
C.V. Mosby Company, London.
5. Fatal Accidents Act, 1855
6. Fisher A. J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Edition,
Elsevier Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.
7. Gaur (2nd
Ed.2008) - Fire Arms & Forensic Ballistics, Delhi Law House, New
Delhi-54
8. Goddard W. Kenneth(1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing Co.,
Virgenia
9. Horgan J. John (1974)-Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow -Hill Book Company,
New York
10. Jauhari B.C. & Gaur S.N. (Revised 2008) – Firearms : Forensic Ballistics,
Forensic Chemistry and Criminal Jurisprudence, Delhi Law House, New Delhi –
54 (India)
11. Mathiharan K. and Patnaika K. Amrit (Ed).- Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and
Toxicology (23rd
edition), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
12. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
13. Saferstein Richard - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, 1988
Edition, Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.
14. Schultz O. Donald (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New
Jerssey
15. Shah Giri Raj - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2
16. Sharma B. R - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition), Universal Law
Publishing Co., New Delhi.
17. Sharma B. R. (4th
Ed.2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and
Trial, Universal Publishers
256
18. Sharma B.R-Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law
Agency,Allahabad
19. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear
Publishing Company. Inc., California.
20. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and
Operation, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
21. Weston B. Paul and Wells M. Kenneth - Criminal Investigation: Basic
Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London
22. Saferstein Richard – Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice-
Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
23. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House,
Hyderabad.
24. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
25. Sharma D. – Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, New
Delhi.
26. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific
Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
MCF 622 - PAPER IX: PRACTICAL – EXAMINATION & ANALYSIS OF
SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCES
1. Recording Foot Prints and analysis of gait pattern
2. Tyre marks examination and analysis of skid marks
3. Serological examination of blood evidences
4. Chemical test to identify suspected blood evidences
5. Forensic examination and evaluation of body fluids
6. Laboratory examination of disputed fiber evidences
7. Morphological examination of hairs
8. Identification of species origin and other Forensic relevant analysis of hair
9. Laboratory examination and analysis of suspected alcohol evidences
10. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields
Soft Core
MCF 632 - PAPER-X: PRACTICAL – FIELD EXPOSURE & RESEARCH
TECHNIQUES
1. Study proposal on the criminological relevance
2. Visit to CCRB and study its functions
3. Visit to DCIB and study its functions
4. Visit to DAR and Study its functions
257
5. Visit Juvenile correctional institution and study their functions
6. Visit to a prison and a critical study on its functions
7. Simulated counseling the victim, witnesses, suspects and their relatives.
8. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields
MCF 642- PAPER XI: FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY AND CORRECTION
UNIT-I:
1. Overview of Forensic Psychology. Pioneers in criminal Psychology.
2. Psychic Criminology: History, Paranormal abilities, Scientific Evidences &
Theories.
3. a) Police and Investigative Psychology.
b) Criminal Psychology of the Stranger.
UNIT-II:
4. Violation of Law: Psychological motives and its impact on behavior, Impact of
Conflicts and Frustration on behavior, Mal adaptive learning about offending a
person‟s property.
5. Media and Criminal Psychology: Methods used to Investigate Media Influences on
Violence and Its Prevention
6. Experimental Psychology and Control of Criminal Behaviour – Psychotherapeutic
Methods
UNIT-III:
7. Counseling the Role players in Justice System like- Victims, Witnesses, Law
Enforcers,Suspects and Family Counseling: Skills for effective Forensic
Psychological Assessment.
a) Profile Analysis – Psychological Analysis for identification of offenders
8. The Role of Forensic Psychology in the Justice System: Clinical, Experimental and
advisory.
Forensic Mental Health experts in the Court: Expert Evidence, Forensic Report and
Pre-trial Preparation
UNIT-IV:
09. Institutional System of Correction; Prison-Meaning, Definition, development
Prison administration in India, Open Air Prison, Usual and Unusual problems of
correction
10. Institutions for Juveniles and their establishment, administration and control,
advantages and Limitations in the context of reformation and rehabilitation
258
11. Non-institutional system of correction: Probation-Historical development, Law on
probation, Objectives, principles, administration and control, advantages and
limitations
Parole: Historical development, objectives, principles, advantages and limitations
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Bartol, Curt R 7 Bartol, Anne M, ( 2008) Current perspectives in Forensic
Psychology and Criminal Behaviour, Sage, London.
2. Feldman & Philip M. (1978) – Criminal Behaviour: A Psychological Analysis,
John Wiley & Sons, New York.
3. Gibson L. Robert & Mitchell H. Marianne (2006) - Introduction to Counseling
and Guidelines, 6th edition, Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi-01
4. Haward L. R. C. - Forensic Psychology, Batsford Academic and Educational Ltd.
London
5. Hibbard & Whitney.S & Reymond W. Worring (1982) – Psychic Criminology :
An operations Manual for using Psychics in Criminal Investigations, Charles C.
Thomas Publishers, Illinois, USA.
6. Kaur Rajpal - Forensic Psychology: New Trends and Innovations, Deep and Deep
Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27
7. Koranji Shiamak Kersi (2004) - A Text book of Criminal Psychology, Dominant
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi-51
8. Macdonald – Psychological Disorder and Crime
9. Mednick A. Sarnoff & Christiansen O. Karl (Ed.1977), - Bio-Social Bases of
Criminal Behaviour, Gardners Press Inc., New York.
10. Meier, Augustine & Boivin, Micheline (2011) Counselling and Therapy
Techniques (Theory & Practice) Sage, London.
11. Mental Health Act, 1987
12. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
13. Ravi Meera (2007) - Counselling What, Why and HowViva Books Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
14. Toch Hans – Legal & Criminal Psychology.
Open Elective
OE 2.3 FIELDS OF FORENSIC SCIENCE
UNIT 1
1. Introduction to Forensic Science:
a) Meaning, definition and principles
b) Role of forensic science in crime detection
c) Forensic Science Lab., different branches & their functions
2. Body fluids as forensic evidence-DNA Finger Printing
259
UNIT II
3. Finger Print: Meaning, Importance and History
Patterns and Classification of Finger Prints
Methods of taking Specimen Finger Prints of Living and Dead Person
Development and Recording of Finger Prints from the Scene of Crime
Comparison of Finger Prints
4. Foot Print: a) Meaning & importance
b) Types of foot prints
c) Taking & preserving techniques
d) Gait pattern – role of foot print in the detection of crime
UNIT III.
5. Personal Identification: Identification of Living Person & dead persons
6. Forensic Questioned Document: Importance of protection of Questioned Document
and establishing the authorship of writing
UNIT IV.
7. Fake Currency Notes: a) Definition extent and impact of Fake Currency in India
b) Procedure of Identification of Fake Currency Notes
8. Forensic approach in road accident, Property and Homicidal cases.
9. Recent Researches & cases in the Field of the above areas of Forensic Science
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Amin M. G. & Singh Dr. Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal
Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh.
2. Carmack A.J.R. (Editor 1977)-Famous Pistols & Hand Guns, Baronie & Jenkings,
London
3. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Dr. V. H. K. Singh (2008) - World Encyclopedia of
Forensic Science.
4. Eckert & G. William (Editor - 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The C.V.
Mosby Company, London.
5. Fatal Accidents Act, 1855
6. Fisher A. J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Edition, Elsevier
Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.
7. Gaur (2nd
Ed.2008) - Fire Arms & Forensic Ballistics, Delhi Law House, New
Delhi-54
8. Goddard W. Kenneth(1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing Co.,
Virgenia
260
9. Horgan J. John (1974)-Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow -Hill Book Company,
New York
10. Jauhari B.C. & Gaur S.N. (Revised 2008) – Firearms : Forensic Ballistics,
Forensic Chemistry and Criminal Jurisprudence, Delhi Law House, New Delhi –
54 (India)
11. Mathiharan K. and Patnaika K. Amrit (Ed).- Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and
Toxicology (23rd
edition), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
12. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House,
Hyderabad.
13. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
14. Saferstein Richard – Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice-
Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
15. Saferstein Richard - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, 1988
Edition, Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.
16. Schultz O. Donald (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New
Jerssey
17. Shah Giri Raj - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2
18. Sharma B. R - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition), Universal Law
Publishing Co., New Delhi.
19. Sharma B. R. (4th
Ed.2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,
Universal Publishers
20. Sharma B.R-Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law Agency,
Allahabad
21. Sharma D. – Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, New
Delhi.
22. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
23. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear
Publishing Company. Inc., California.
24. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation,
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
25. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime
Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
26. Weston B. Paul and Wells M. Kenneth - Criminal Investigation: Basic
Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London
261
III SEMESTER
Hard Core
MCF 603- PAPER-XII: CYBER FORENSICS
UNIT -1
1. Meaning of Cyber Forensics , Nature and Characteristics of Cyber Crimes.
Role of “ mens rea” and Criminal Liability in Cyber Crime
2. Types of Cyber crimes and classifications ( general, pioneers and INTERPOL)
Types of Malware: viruses worms. Trojan Horses, Blended Attacks, Tracking
Cookies,
Attacker, Tools, Keystroke and Root Kits, Prevention of Malware incidents, Spy
ware detection and Intrusion Prevention (firewalls Routers) Malware incident
Response Process & Case studies of cyber crimes.
3. Prevention of Cyber Crimes: Cyber Security, Global, National, Industrial &
Individual levels.
4. Investigation of Cyber Crimes: Collection of evidences by Police Agencies.
UNIT –II
5. Electronic Banking and E-Payments
6. E- Banking Frauds : Characteristics and Types
7. Credit card Frauds; Types , Investigation and Prevention
8. Challenges to Digital Forensic Evidence: Internet Crimes against children.
UNIT – III
9. Image analysis, Email tracing tool, Hash Calculator, Cryptography, Computer
forensics investigation process, safety precautions in a computer crime scenario,
Copying and imaging, extracting information from hard disk, searching for
information relating to a particular case, report writing for a computer crime
scenario.
10. Communication: Types of Email, Instant Messenger, Social Networking Sites,
Search Engines. World Wide Web Technology, Management of IP address,
location of source and destination of email. Wireless : Generations of Mobile
Communication. SMS, MMS, GSM, CDMA and Bluetooth. Android and IOS.
Concepts of Cellular Phone communication
262
UNIT-IV: 11. Laws relating to cyber Crime Salient features of IT Act -2000, with emphasis on
aspects relating to offenses , punishments, Investigative powers and regulations,
Amendments arising due to enactment of IT Act 2000 in IPC , Cr . P.C , I. E. A
Copy right Act
12. Future Perspectives of cyber crimes : Cyber Terrorism and Security Concern
13. Case Law on cyber crimes.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Thomas C Bartee - Digital Computer Fundamentals (6th
Ed.), TMH Publications.
2. Krishnan N-Windows & MS Office with Database Concepts, SciTech
Publications.
3. Perry Greg (1996)-1001 Windows 95 TIPS, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Delhi-
02.
4. Norton Peter (6th
Ed. 1997) – Complete Guide to DOS 6.22, Techmedia, SAMS
Publishing, New Delhi-02.
5. Norton Peter (2nd
Ed. 1998) Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
6. Norton Peter (4th
Ed. 2001) Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
7. Murray Katherine (1994) – Mastering Power Point 4 for Windows, BPB
Publications, New Delhi-01.
8. Rose Carla & Lewis Rita (1996) – The Essential Page-Maker 5, Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi-01.
9. Martier R Shamms & Wallace Rick (1997) – Page-Maker 6.5 Complete,
Techmeidia, SAMS Publishing, New Delhi-02.
10. Altman Rebecca Bridges & Altman Rick (1994) – Mastering Page-Maker 5.0 for
Windows, BPB Publications, New Delhi-01.
11. Shelley John & Hunt Roger (2nd
Ed. 1997) - Computer Studies – A first Course,
Wheeler Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi-01.
12. Sanders Donald H. (1995) – Computer Concepts & Applications, Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
13. Tanenbaum Andrew S (2nd
& 3rd
Ed. 1995) Computer Networks, Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi-01.
14. Tangney Brendan & O‟Mahony Donald (1995) – Local Area Networks & their
Applications, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi-01.
15. Hamacher Carl V, Vranesic Zvonko G & Zaky Safwat G (3rd
Ed. 1990) –
Computer Organization, McGraw-Hill International Publishing Company Ltd.,
New York.
16. Taxali Ravi Kant (1995) – P.C. Software Made Simple - Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
17. Walkenbach John (2nd
Ed. 1996) – Excel for Windows 95 Power Programming
with VBA, Comdex Computer Publishing, New Delhi-02.
263
18. Xavier C. (1996) – Introduction to Computers & Basic Programming, New Age
international Private Limited, Publishers, New Delhi-02.
19. Laurie Peter (1983)–The Joy of Computers, Hutchinson & Co. (Publishers) Ltd.,
London
20. Sinha P.K. (1992) – Computer Fundamentals - Concepts, Systems and
Applications, BPB Publications, New Delhi-01.
21. Basandra Suresh K. (1st Ed. 1995)Computers Today, Galgotia Publications Pvt.
Ltd., NewDelhi-02.
MCF 613 - PAPER-XIII: QUESTIONED DOCUMENT EXAMINATION
UNIT-I: 1. Questioned Document: Nature, Development and Importance.
2. Materials used for making Documents: Paper, Ink and their analysis.
3.Classification of Questioned documents according tom Osborn.
UNIT-II:
4. Preliminary Examination of Questioned Documents:
Description of Document,
Appearance of the Document,
The content of the Document
5. Instruments and Techniques used in Document Examination - Chemical,
Optical, Measuring apparatus, Microscope, U. V and I. R rays, ESDA, VSC-6000
UNIT-III:
6. Types of Erasures and their Decipherment: Faded Writing, Charred Document,
Secret
Writing Indented Writing
7. Photography of Handwriting and signatures for forensic analysis.
8. Forgery- and its types.
UNIT-IV: 9. Handwriting and Signature: Characteristics, Basis of Identification
Variations and Factors affecting Writing
Comparison of Handwriting/ Signature
10. Disguise Writing: Meaning, Characteristics and Recognition
11. Type Written/ Computer Print Identification, Stylosesis and Anonymous writing
12. Difference between Graphologists and a Questioned Document expert.
264
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Harrison, William – Suspect Documents
2. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence
and Toxicology (23rd
edition), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
3. Ratan Deepak &Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
4. Sharma B. R. (4th
Ed. 2008)- Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and
Trial, Universal Publishers
5. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008), – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific
Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
6. Kelly, Jan Seaman & Lindblom, Brian S (2nd
Edition) (2006) – Scientific
Examination of Questioned Documents - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis,
London.
7. Sharma B. R (2008) - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition),
Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi
MCF 623- PAPER-XIV: PRACTICAL - EXAMINATION OF DISPUTED
DOCUMENTS
1. Descriptive note with diagram of various kinds of apparatus used in Questioned
document section.
a) Chemical examination b) optical equipment
c) Lighting apparatus d) Measuring apparatus
2. Retrieval of writings from the obliterated documents.
3. Technique of deciphering writings from the charred documents and procedure of
preservation of charred documents.
4. Techniques of establishing the age of a disputed document.
5. Procedure of deciphering writings suspected to have secret writing on a simulated
document.
6. Techniques of establishing the erasure of document.
7. Procedure for photographing in Juxta position for comparison of handwriting /
signature.
8. Techniques of comparison of disputed and admitted handwritings /signatures-Study
of characteristics and reports of exerts opinion.
9. Identification of authorship of writing through stylosesis analysis-study of unique
features
10. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields.
265
Soft Core
MCF 633 - PAPER-XV: COMPUTER APPLICATION IN CYBER
FORENSICS
1. Seizing the hard disk from computer.
2. Data acquisition-copying and imaging
3. Searching for files in the software using the image.
4. Recovering deleted files
5. Steganography –hiding and unhiding (detection)
6. Password cracking of protected files
7. Hashing-checking integrity
8. Email tracing
9. Working with BIOS, changing boot order to USB( boot priority)
10. File signature verification
11. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields
MCF 643 - PAPER-XVI: - MODERN APPROACHES IN FORENSIC SCIENCE
AND INVESTIGATION
UNIT-I:
1. Forensic Photography: Importance and types of Crime scene Photography, Close-
up Photography and Arial Photography.
Micro photography in Forensic Analysis of evidences in the laboratory.
2. Forensic Engineering: Scientists and Engineer, Engineer as expert witness
3. Forensic Voice analysis: Voice Print Identification, Tape Tampering Examination,
ASR, Forensic Linguistics, Forensic Video Authentication
UNIT- II: 4. Need of scientific investigation in the modern era.
5. Criminal investigation analysis: Characteristics of Computer criminals and
investigative strategy and utilities, Challenges to digital Forensic evidences
6. Investigation of Dacoity cases and scientific evidences
7. Investigation of different kinds of Riot cases and scientific evidences.
UNIT-III: 8. Procedure of detection and Scientific Evidences in the cases of road accidents.
9. Procedure of investigation of Air crash/Crimes in Airport and Crimes on Railways
Procedure of investigation and scientific evidences in the cases of sexual harassment
10. Burglary: Procedure of scientific investigation, reconstruction and evidences
11. Homicide: Investigation techniques and evidences in the cases of Homicide.
266
UNIT-IV:
12. Explosion /Bomb scene investigation: Terrorism attacks causes and procedures and
techniques of Bomb scene investigation –Collection of Forensic Evidence and their
importance.
13. Procedure and investigation of a theft and smuggling of idol, vehicular theft.
14. Arson cases – Fire and Arson investigation methods and limitations.
15. Procedure of retrieval of seized property from court/law enforcing agency
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Jauhari B.C. & Gaur S.N. (Revised 2008) – Firearms : Forensic Ballistics,
Forensic Chemistry and Criminal Jurisprudence, Delhi Law House, New Delhi –
54 (India)
2. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House,
Hyderabad.
3. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
4. Saferstein Richard – (1978) Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science,
Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Sharma B. R. (4th
Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,
Universal Publishers
6. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
7. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008), – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime
Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
8. T.Ramanujam- Prevention and Detection of crime, Madras book Agency, Madras
Open Elective
OE 3.3: PROCEDURE OF POLICE INVESTIGATION
UNIT-I: 1. Procedure of investigation of a Cognizable and Non cognizable crime.
2. Procedure of summoning of witnesses and interviewing them by the police
3. Procedure of arrest, search and seizure of property from the suspects
UNIT-II:
4. Establishment and functions of Police station
5. Recruitment for the Police job- Constables, Police Sub-Inspector and Gazetted
officers
6. Police procedure of approaching crime scenes and collection of scientific evidences
267
UNIT-III:
7. Functions of Special Units of Police- Criminal Investigation Departments, Police
Dog Squad, State Special Branch, Karnataka State Reserve Police
8. Scope and Functions of Cyber Police Stations
9. Role of citizen in the participation of prevention and detection of crime
UNIT-IV:
10. The procedure of investigation of Homicide, sexual abuse, Burglary and fraud
cases
11. Role of expert in the investigation of crime
12. Procedure of retrieval of stolen property from the court/law enforcing agency
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Bailey B. David – Police and Political Development in India, Printed on
University Press, New Jersey.
2. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing
House, New Delhi-02
3. Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968 along with Rules
4. Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949 along with Rules 1955
5. Civil Rights Enforcement Act
6. Goddard W. Goddard (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing
Company, Virgenia
7. Horgan J. John (1974) – Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow – Hill Book Company
New York.
8. J.C. Chaturvedi (Editor 2006) – Police Administration & Investigation of Crime,
Isha Books, New Delhi – 33.
9. James V. (1997) – The Police, The People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing
Corp. New Delhi- 2.
10. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik Amrit K. (Edr. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence
and Toxicology (23rd
Edn.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
11. Police Acts (Containing 6 Acts)
12. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
13. Roy SinhaS. K. (3rd
Ed. 2008) - Police Diaries, Premier Publishing Co., Allahabad.
14. Saini Kamal (2007) – Police Investigation: Procedural Dimensions, Law &
Methods, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27
15. Schultz O.Schultz (1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New Jerssey
16. Shah Raj Giri - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2
17. Sharma B. R (2009) - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition),
Universal Law Publishing Co.,
18. Sharma P.D.–Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, Delhi.
268
19. Shenoy S. Shenoy (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,
Lawyers Law Book, Bangalore
20. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation
21. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear
Publishing Company. Inc., California.
22. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
23. Vadackumchery & James (1999) - Professional Police: Witness Interviewing,
APH Publishing Corp. New Delhi- 2.
24. Weston B. Paul & Wells M. Kenneth. - Criminal Investigation: Basic
Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London
IV SEMESTER
Hard Core
MCF 604 - PAPER-XVII: FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY
UNIT-I
1. Forensic Medicine: Definition, scope, Medical evidences and Medical witnesses,
Legal and ethical aspects of Medical practice
2. Human Clinical Genetics: Genetics of blood group inheritance pattern, Pedigree
analysis, Human Karyotype – Chromosomal Syndromes (Autosomal & Sex
Chromosomal), Dermatoglyphics, Genetic Counseling, Twins in Genetic Studies
3. DNA Profile- Meaning, Structure and Importance:
Collection and presentation of evidentiary materials for DNA anlysis
Clue Materials and Technique of DNA Finger Printing, RFLP, VNTR, PCR
Application and Recent Trends in DNA Finger Printing
UNIT-II
4. Personal Identification:
Identification of Living Person and Medico-legal importance.
Identification of dead persons, skeletal remains and Medico legal importance.
5. Forensic Anthropology: a)Identification of Skeletal remains
b)Skull identification and suture comparison c) Determination of time since
Death
d)Techniques for recovering Skeletonised human remains, e) Sex determination
6. Forensic Dentistry: Forensic Dental Identification, Bite Marks and Age Estimation
UNIT-III 7. Injuries: Meaning, Definition and Classifications-
a) Nature and Medico Legal Importance of Thermal, Chemical and Injuries due to
electricity, lightening and X- rays.
b) Mechanical Injuries: i) Abrasion, ii) Contusion, iii) Punctured Wound,
269
iv) Incised Wound v) Gun-Shot Wounds.
8. Thanatology: Meaning, Definition & Causes of Death- Natural & Unnatural
Types of Death- Somatic/Clinical and Molecular/Cellular.
Post Mortem Changes and Determination of Time of Death- Cooling of the
body, Post Mortem Lividity, Rigor Mortis, Putrefaction, Adipocer and
Mummification
Types and Medico-legal Aspects of Asphyxial Deaths- Hanging, Strangulation,
Suffocation, Smothering and Drowning – Diatom test
9. Forensic Entomology: Insects of Forensic Importance, Estimating the Postmortem
interval, Forensic Entomologist as Experts.
UNIT-IV 10. Toxicology:
a) Definitions and Classifications of Poisons- Physical properties & brief overview
of varies poisons with respect to duties of treating doctor & investigating officers
b) Medico-legal Importance of Poisons.
c) Extraction and sample preparation: Preliminary screening test, spot test and
instrumental methods of analysis.
11. Analysis of Poisons: Meaning of Inorganic poisons
a) Inorganic poisons (Cations and Anions) & Miscellaneous poisons
b) Analysis of Plant Poisons (non-volatile organic)
c) Food Poison: Meaning and Causes- Bacterial Food poisoning, Volatile
Organic poisons and Poisonous Food (Mushrooms etc)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Dr. C.K. Parikh (1990) – Medical Jurisprudence & Toxicology, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, New Delhi-32.
2. Dr. Rao G. Nageshkumar (1993) – Clinical Forensic Medicine, House of Research
Publication Aid, Manipal-19.
3. Dr. Reddy Narayan K.S. (5th
Edition 1981) – The Essentials of Forensic Medicine
and Toxicology, Published K. Suguna Devi, Hyderabad.
4. Krishnan‟s M.K.R. & Patnaik V.P. (Editor) (11th
Edition 1999), Handbook of
Forensic Medicine including Toxicology, Para Medical Publisher,
Hyderabad - 095.
5. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and
Toxicology (23rd
edition), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
6. Mukherjee J.B. (Vol.1 1981) – Forensic Medicine & Toxicology, Academy
Publishers, Calcutta.
7. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the
World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.
270
8. Sharma B. R. (4th
Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,
Universal Publishers
9. Walls H. J. (2nd
Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime
Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.
MCF 614 - PAPER-XVIII: TECHNOLOGY & SECURITY SYSTEM IN THE
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
UNIT-I
1. Concepts, definitions and importance of security system.
Governmental and non-governmental security agencies their purposes, functions
Co-operations and co-ordination between Governmental and non-governmental
security
agencies.
2. Types of Security System used in:
Transport–Government/Private(Bus/Termini/RailwayStations/Airports/Sea
Ports)
Banks & Non Banking Financial Institutions
Industries – Government/Private
Multi-storied buildings and Supermarkets
UNIT-II
3. Vigilance in public and private sector institutions; The Central Vigilance
Commission Act,
2003
4. Money Laundering -Process, conversion, integration and the role of Bank in
laundering,
Tips to control laundering.
5. Vigilance Measures: To Build Security measures in accounting procedures,
Internal audit Systematization
Records maintenance and Periodical Job rotation
Transfer of Functionaries.
UNIT-III
6. Methods of Security measures to be taken when:
a. Carrying cash from the Currency Chest
b. Escorting notorious or Dangerous Criminals
c. A report of suspected explosives found in public places
d. A mentally ill-person holds innocents with threat of killing
e. Terrorists hostage activities
7. Frauds: Nature, Types and Modus Operandi of Frauds
271
Extent of Frauds in Banks, Insurance and Financial Institutions
Legal issues and Techniques of Combating above Frauds
8. Procedure of departmental enquiries in Banking & other Financial/Insurance
Institutions
UNIT-IV
9. Air Hijacking-Prevention and Detection.
Security at Airport and Security Equipment.
10. Stock and Share related Crimes: Hurdles in the Investigation of Stock Crimes
11. White Collar Crime & Crimes about Tax Evasion.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Central Vigilance Commission Act, 2003 along with Related Acts
2. Disaster Management Act, 2005 along with Rules, 2006
3. Money – Laundering Act 2002.
4. National Security Act, 1980
5. National Security Guard Act, 1986
6. Official Secrets Act, 1923
7. Police Acts (Containing 6 Acts)
8. Private Security Agencies (Regulation) Act 2005 along with Rules, 2006
9. Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and enforcement of Security
Interest Act, 2002 and Security Interest (Enforcement) Rules, 2002
10. Sharma B. R (2008) - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd
edition),
Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi.
11. Skogan G. Wesley & Maxfield G. Michael (1981) - Coping with Crime: Individual
and neighbourhood, Volume 124, Sage Publication, Beverly Hills, London
12. The Prevention of Money – Laundering (Maintenance… Intermediaries Rules
2005.
13. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation,
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
Soft Core
MCF 634 - PAPER-XX: PRACTICAL: FORENSIC MEDICINE AND
TOXICOLOGY IN CRIME DETECTION
1. Identification of Age and Sex from the Skeletal remains
2. Identification of Living Person/Portrait Parle
3. Identification and Forensic Analysis of simulated Mechanical injuries such as:
272
a. Abrasion b. Bruise c. Laceration d. Stab Wound e. Incised wound f. Gunshot
wound
4. Identification and Forensic Analysis of simulated Thermal and Chemical
Injury
5. Identification of Organic Poisons and its medico-legal Importance
6. Identification of Inorganic Poisons and its medico-legal Importance
7. Forensic examination of Drugs and Psychotropic substances
8. Diatom Test
9. Preliminary Screening Test, Spot test and Instrumental methods of analysis
10. Procedure of Identification of a missing persons photo superimposition
technique
11. Procedure of writing Post Mortem reports in a simulated case
MCF 644 - PAPER-XXI: PRACTICAL –MODERN TECHNOLOGY TO
PREVENT AND DETECT CRIME
1. Procedure of operation and recording from video camera
2. Procedure of operation and functions of CCTV
3. Procedure of operation and functions of Metal Detector
4. Procedure of operation and functions of Hidden camera and Pen camera
5. A case study report on security in an airport
6. A case study report on security in Multi-storied buildings
7. A case study report on security in an Air hijacking cases
8. Visit to court and its proceedings
9. Field placements in Forensic Laboratories/Police Station/Prison/
NGO/Financial Sectors and assessment of reports
**************
273
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.2 /SSW/AC/10/16
Sub:
i. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award
of Master of Social Work Degree – M.S.W. [2014 – 2016 Batch]
ii. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award
of Master of Science Degree – M.Sc. (Counselling) [2014 – 2016
Batch]
iii. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award
of Master of Science Degree – M.Sc. (CFS) [2014 – 2016 Batch]
iv. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award
of Bachelors of Arts Degree – B.A. [2013 – 2016 Batch]
v. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award
of Bachelors of Social Work Degree – B.S.W. [2013 – 2016 Batch]
The subject is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
274
LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY
FOR THE AWARD OF M.S.W. DEGREE
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42
PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.S.W. 2014-2015 BATCH
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM GT
CGPA PRO
%
PRO
.GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT
625 625 625 625 2500
14313701 ARUN R. 445 438 467 492 1842 7.52 73.68 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313702 ELIZABETH
DARVINA 389 405 437 421 1652 6.79 66.08 A First Class
14313704 JNYANESHWAR
MANE 349 378 443 443 1613 6.65 64.52 A First Class
14313705 LAINA VOILET
LASRADO 435 435 462 460 1792 7.35 71.68 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313706 MALATI
MADIHALLI 407 422 449 456 1734 7.09 69.36 A+ First Class
14313707 MARY N. M. 425 459 477 483 1844 7.55 73.76 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313708 NETRAVATI
HALASAGI 407 430 450 445 1732 7.08 69.28 A+ First Class
14313709 RINI C. V. 460 471 500 499 1930 7.94 77.20 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313710 SANDOMO B.
MARAK 397 415 452 452 1716 6.99 68.64 A First Class
14313711
SHVETA
MADARKHAND
I
414 448 447 504 1813 7.47 72.52 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313712
VIDYASHRI
KALASANNAV
AR
418 430 464 475 1787 7.30 71.48 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313713 VIVEK SHEEL 434 438 474 491 1837 7.57 73.48 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313715 CHETHAN
KUMAR B. 420 441 410 433 1704 7.00 68.16 A First Class
14313716 JOVIA SEEMA
CARLO 403 419 407 393 1622 6.71 64.88 A First Class
14313717 LAVITA D
SOUZA 461 471 460 450 1842 7.50 73.68 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313718 MELORA
NISHAL PAIS 484 491 482 502 1959 8.03 78.36 A++
First Class with
Distinction
14313719 NIMMI
VARGHESE 397 434 402 396 1629 6.77 65.16 A First Class
14313720 NIRMALA 392 443 407 390 1632 6.67 65.28 A First Class
275
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM GT
CGPA PRO
%
PRO
.GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT
625 625 625 625 2500
14313721 NISHMITHA
JOSLIN PINTO 453 463 460 442 1818 7.48 72.72 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313722 SAI SHRUTHI P.R. 442 441 449 421 1753 7.24 70.12 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313723 SOUNDARYA
SHETTY S. 463 474 450 462 1849 7.63 73.96 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313725 TARA MIRANDA 428 456 447 462 1793 7.33 71.72 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313726 TERESA
LALDINPUII 437 442 425 422 1726 7.12 69.04 A+ First Class
14313727 AISHWARYA B.
NAIR 459 474 481 485 1899 7.77 75.96 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313728 ARUNDATI 402 420 469 462 1753 7.18 70.12 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313729 ASHLINE
CLERITA LOBO 468 478 486 470 1902 7.76 76.08 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313730 BHARATHI 420 455 449 428 1752 7.19 70.08 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313731
CHEMBAKASSER
Y JINSA JOSEPH
CHINNAMMA
473 486 479 512 1950 8.03 78.00 A++ First Class with
Distinction
14313733 DONA BLESSILLA
MASCARENHAS 381 393 439 450 1663 6.84 66.52 A First Class
14313734 JANE S.
RODRIGUES 454 478 483 476 1891 7.78 75.64 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313735 JEEVAL DENIKA
WATSON 404 415 412 439 1670 6.85 66.80 A First Class
14313736 JOSTAN ROHITH
DSOUZA 423 423 395 466 1707 7.05 68.28 A+ First Class
14313737 LILLY JOHN J. 460 469 466 488 1883 7.71 75.32 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313738 LOKESH
NANJANNAVAR 402 444 432 454 1732 7.14 69.28 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313739 MERYL TRIPTHI
SERRAO 448 463 447 493 1851 7.58 74.04 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313740 MOHANJITH S.
MARLA 462 454 489 435 1840 7.60 73.60 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313741 NAVYA K.S. 409 413 437 432 1691 6.95 67.64 A First Class
14313742
NITHYADHAR
JOYSON D
ALMEIDA
398 419 419 412 1648 6.81 65.92 A First Class
276
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM GT
CGPA PRO
%
PRO.
GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT
625 625 625 625 2500
14313743 POORNIMA
KOTEGAR 393 423 426 403 1645 6.77 65.80 A First Class
14313744 PRERANA RAO 353 405 405 383 1546 6.40 61.84 A First Class
14313745 RAGHU C. 393 409 409 391 1602 6.56 64.08 A First Class
14313746 RANJITH 457 456 440 461 1814 7.39 72.56 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313748
SALOME
BENJAMIN
GONSALVES
472 492 489 493 1946 8.00 77.84 A++ First Class with
Distinction
14313749 SHAHTAJ 419 455 470 486 1830 7.52 73.20 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313750
SHIVANAND
IRAPPA
GUNDLUR
446 454 444 438 1782 7.32 71.28 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313752 SRIDEVI H.R. 416 429 426 437 1708 7.06 68.32 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313753 SWARNIM SETHI 448 470 478 498 1894 7.76 75.76 A+ First Class with
Distinction
14313754 THOKCHOM
SONIA DEVI 460 448 439 450 1797 7.39 71.88 A+
First Class with
Distinction
14313755 UDAYA P.S. 403 428 417 387 1635 6.69 65.40 A First Class
277
LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY
FOR THE AWARD OF M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DEGREE
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42
PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.SC. (HPC) 2014-2015 BATCH
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM GT
CGP
A
PRO
%
PRO
.GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT
600 625 625 650 2500
14414601 ANKITHA 487 505 524 504 2020 8.31 80.80 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
14414602 CHAITHRA K. 357 367 410 438 1572 6.52 62.88 A First Class
14414603 FATHIMA SUZNA 456 475 495 530 1956 7.98 78.24 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14414604 GAYATHRI 315 309 332 289 1245 5.21 49.80 B Second
class
14414605 NAMRATHA
SUVARNA 322 406 410 467 1605 6.59 64.20 A First Class
14414606 PRAKRITHI P. 508 491 523 502 2024 8.30 80.96 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
14414608 RAKSHITHA V. 360 363 389 394 1506 6.22 60.24 A First Class
14414609 THANVI J. N. 481 491 479 479 1930 7.88 77.20 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14414610 W. MAHIMAI
AJITHA 437 460 470 472 1839 7.57 73.56 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
278
LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR
THE AWARD OF M.SC. (CFS) DEGREE
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42
PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.SC. (CFS) 2014-2015 BATCH
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM GT
CGPA PRO
%
PRO
.GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT
600 625 625 650 2500
14515201 ARUN XAVY
POULOSE 373 377 392 437 1579 6.50 63.16 A First Class
14515202 JOHNSON
RODRIGUES 419 449 468 476 1812 7.42 72.48 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14515203 JUANITA MYRTLE
SALDANHA 513 537 518 486 2054 8.46 82.16 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
14515204
MATHIAS
VANSHIKA MARIA
PEARL
525 544 533 500 2102 8.63 84.08 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
14515206 NOEL PRAJWAL
BRAGGS 445 462 483 478 1868 7.61 74.72 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14515207 PRINCESON NIHAL
LOBO 432 448 429 474 1783 7.32 71.32 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14515208 SHAMILI SHETTY 437 428 425 426 1716 7.06 68.64 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14515209 SUGGESTME
THUBRU 416 428 448 436 1728 7.14 69.12 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
14515210 VIJETHA K. C. 443 491 464 471 1869 7.67 74.76 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
279
LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR THE
AWARD OF B.A. DEGREE
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42
PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS B.A. 2013 - 2014 BATCH
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM
V
SEM
VI
SEM GT CGPA
PRO
%
PRO.
GR RESULT
TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT
800 800 800 800 900 900 5000
131370101 ANJALY
ROY 591 622 607 589 652 627 3688 6.93 73.76 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370103 ASHNA
ANNA SAJI 448 453 484 492 499 504 2880 4.87 57.60 B+
High
Second
Class
131370104
ATHENA
MARIA
ARANHA
689 681 663 677 734 696 4140 7.76 82.80 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
131370105 BHARATHI
P. 644 623 632 637 699 691 3926 7.28 78.52 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370106 S.
CHANDANA 659 711 658 661 714 686 4089 7.73 81.78 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
131370107 ALISHA
TAURO 406 469 465 472 556 536 2904 4.97 58.08 B+
High
Second
Class
131370108 ARSHIYA
MISBAH 522 604 598 619 651 607 3601 6.66 72.02 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370109 DIYANA
CARREL 498 516 511 502 541 540 3108 5.56 62.16 A First Class
131370110
MOHAMMA
D YOUSUF
SWAROOP
541 614 613 611 591 605 3575 6.66 71.50 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370111
ROSHINI
MONICA
GOVEAS
585 595 582 586 628 600 3576 6.63 71.52 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370113
SUJIR
PALLAVI
NAYAK
672 671 658 687 742 746 4176 7.85 83.52 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
131370115 ANUPAMA P.
HOSUR 531 526 466 542 545 633 3243 5.85 64.86 A First Class
131370117
SONIYA
GRACY
LOBO
480 456 446 429 425 494 2730 4.52 54.60 B Second
Class
131370118 SPOORTHI K.
PHILOMENA 565 628 639 637 662 685 3816 7.27 76.32 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370201
ABIDA
NAINAZ
M.K.
467 392 390 440 431 491 2611 4.07 52.22 B Second
Class
280
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM
V
SEM
VI
SEM GT CGPA
PRO
%
PRO.
GR RESULT
TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT
800 800 800 800 900 900 5000
131370202 ASHINI C.
JOHNSON 448 384 439 456 463 544 2734 4.63 54.68 B
Second
Class
131370204
DELIA
DOMINIC
DIAS
701 684 702 710 787 778 4362 8.28 87.24 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
131370205
DELLA
JOSEPH
NORONHA
654 622 640 627 679 687 3909 7.26 78.18 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370206 DHANYASH
REE N. 451 440 465 505 551 540 2952 5.15 59.04 B+
High
Second
Class
131370207 JITHESH 402 422 511 453 493 487 2768 4.55 55.36 B+
High
Second
Class
131370208 RAKSHITHA 417 423 483 485 555 594 2957 5.13 59.14 B+
High
Second
Class
131370209 SHARMILA 396 410 449 426 460 522 2663 4.34 53.26 B Second
Class
131370210 SUSHMITA
S.S. 604 567 624 619 691 677 3782 7.13 75.64 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370212 CHARUDA
K. SAJU 501 483 509 534 565 632 3224 5.76 64.48 A First Class
131370214 NEEDU 494 485 466 540 560 547 3092 5.47 61.84 A First Class
131370215
REEMAL
FRENITA
PINTO
442 435 471 486 545 536 2915 5.00 58.30 B+
High
Second
Class
131370216 SHABANA
AZMI 450 423 442 431 433 459 2638 4.22 52.76 B
Second
Class
131370217 SOWMYA 448 461 555 518 577 610 3169 5.74 63.38 A First Class
131370301
PREKSHA
MARIA
PERES
BHATT
370 336 368 394 386 501 2355 3.86 47.10 C Pass Class
131370302
JESS DEEPA
NORONHA
PRABHU
496 461 491 487 636 487 3058 5.31 61.16 A First Class
131370303
ANNI
SHARAL
LOBO
413 420 453 497 588 525 2896 5.06 57.92 B+
High
Second
Class
131370304 DAFNEY
MONTEIRO 360 386 370 372 442 496 2426 3.72 48.52 C Pass Class
131370305
DIVYA
BHARATHI
C.
SHETTALLI
416 464 420 457 518 513 2788 4.80 55.76 B+
High
Second
Class
281
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM
V
SEM
VI
SEM GT CGPA
PRO
%
PRO.
GR RESULT
TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT
800 800 800 800 900 900 5000
131370306 HARSHITHA 580 540 602 626 758 725 3831 7.14 76.62 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370307 ARPITHA 398 444 437 504 521 492 2796 4.57 55.92 B+
High
Second
Class
131370309 CHETHAN
KUMAR 500 547 525 579 692 719 3562 6.57 71.24 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370310 DEEKSHITH
A S. 584 634 623 649 727 703 3920 7.39 78.40 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370311 DIVYA 564 513 570 586 683 711 3627 6.69 72.54 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370312 FAHIMA 475 487 502 511 654 600 3229 5.78 64.58 A First Class
131370314 GOWTHAMI 434 442 502 518 543 475 2914 4.92 58.28 B+
High
Second
Class
131370315
GRENITA
REENA
REBELLO
503 522 579 583 685 637 3509 6.46 70.18 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370316 MISRIYA 463 462 499 554 651 582 3211 5.89 64.22 A First Class
131370320
REESHA
VENISHA D
SOUZA
487 480 506 550 608 535 3166 5.78 63.32 A First Class
131370321 RUKSHANA 401 449 473 443 560 502 2828 4.88 56.56 B+
High
Second
Class
131370322 SINCHANA 467 466 484 496 622 588 3123 5.52 62.46 A First Class
131370401 NAUSHINA 481 447 508 516 633 649 3234 5.97 64.68 A First Class
131370402 ABHILASHA 465 509 524 576 697 660 3431 6.27 68.62 A First Class
131370403 DIVYASHRE
E 422 455 481 497 554 550 2959 5.08 59.18 B+
High
Second
Class
131370404 GEETHA 516 492 549 602 706 638 3503 6.59 70.06 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370405
SONIA
FREEDA D
SOUZA
453 436 502 486 669 638 3184 5.70 63.68 A First Class
131370406 SWATHI 615 649 665 665 800 801 4195 7.90 83.90 A++
First Class
with
Distinction
131370407 VINITHA D
SOUZA 422 467 489 508 544 537 2967 4.99 59.34 B+
High
Second
Class
131370408 VITA D
SOUZA 477 488 502 489 659 668 3283 6.00 65.66 A First Class
282
LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR THE
AWARD OF B.S.W. DEGREE
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42
PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS B.S.W. 2013 - 2014 BATCH
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM
V
SEM
VI
SEM GT CGPA
PRO
%
PR
O.G
R
RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT
850 850 750 750 900 900 5000
131370501
ASHILA
YIMCHUNG
ER
659 706 629 638 696 757 4085 7.79 81.70 A++ First Class
with
Distinction
131370502 DAPHROU
SILVIA 609 631 568 547 653 698 3706 7.02 74.12 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370503 LINCY M.A. 471 535 439 453 505 567 2970 5.20 59.40 B+ High
Second
Class
131370504 S. LINE
VUDU PAO 642 678 603 581 650 714 3868 7.26 77.36 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370505 VEINAI 653 640 569 579 682 673 3796 7.13 75.92 A+ First Class
with
Distinction
131370506 ALEX PAUL
ISAC P. 412 443 309 399 552 598 2713 4.50 54.26 B
Second
Class
131370507 KSHAMA
BANGERA 521 587 507 536 562 533 3246 5.89 64.92 A First Class
131370508 NIKHIL
JOSEPH 385 417 345 329 384 485 2345 3.75 46.90 C Pass Class
131370510 AKANKSHA
SHETTY 474 467 436 468 551 640 3036 5.36 60.72 A First Class
131370511
ANITHA
RESHMA
RODRIGUES
552 536 523 549 624 718 3502 6.48 70.04 A+ First Class
with
Distinction
131370512
ASHA
MELITA
MONIS
413 430 381 434 444 521 2623 4.38 52.46 B Second
Class
131370513 DEEKSHA G.
K. 539 648 549 553 612 678 3579 6.58 71.58 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370514
DELSON
ASHLEY D
SOUZA
497 522 485 449 554 642 3149 5.70 62.98 A First Class
131370515
HERITA
MONTHI
MATHIAS
559 533 476 488 565 597 3218 5.83 64.36 A First Class
131370516 HRUDAYA
MARY A. 553 541 512 532 589 626 3353 6.18 67.06 A First Class
131370517 JACINTHA
MARY 662 666 594 612 684 717 3935 7.50 78.70 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
283
Reg. No Name
I
SEM
II
SEM
III
SEM
IV
SEM
V
SEM
VI
SEM GT CGPA
PRO
%
PR
O.G
R
RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT
850 850 750 750 900 900 5000
131370518 KANTHIMA
LLI 514 569 527 548 626 675 3459 6.32 69.18 A First Class
131370519
KUMARI
CHANDRIK
A
483 461 412 426 561 583 2926 4.98 58.52 B+ High
Second
Class
131370521 MANILDA D
SOUZA 610 631 586 597 708 723 3855 7.24 77.10 A+
First Class
with
Distinction
131370522
MAVIS
JUDITH D
SOUZA
501 548 503 539 635 691 3417 6.29 68.34 A First Class
131370523 MOULYA
D.V. 453 543 459 454 475 540 2924 5.18 58.48 B+
High
Second
Class
131370524 NAGARAJ 554 515 403 452 516 573 3013 5.31 60.26 A First Class
131370525 PAVLIN D
SOUZA 546 622 554 541 554 637 3454 6.34 69.08 A First Class
131370527 SHOWHAD
G. M. 481 555 454 460 530 631 3111 5.50 62.22 A First Class
131370528 SUMITHRA
P. 476 577 484 492 569 594 3192 5.72 63.84 A First Class
131370529
TEENA
MARIA
PERIS
487 539 467 492 551 635 3171 5.70 63.42 A First Class
133242805 ASHWIN
MALLOOR 0 0 409 415 432 517 1773 3.00 35.46 C Pass Class
133242808 DEVAIAH
G.K. 0 0 327 329 392 444 1492 2.35 29.84 D Fail
284
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.3/SSW/AC/10/16
a) List of candidates awarded Post Graduate Diploma in Human
Resource Management – PGDHRM [2015 – 2016 Batch]
b) List of candidates awarded Post Graduate Diploma in Counselling –
PGDC [2015 – 2016 Batch]
c) List of candidates awarded Diploma in Human
Resource Management – DHRM [2015 – 2016 Batch]
The subject is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.
285
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
LIST OF CANDIDATES AWARDED
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (PGDHRM) 2015 -16
Reg.No. Name of the Candidates
I
Sem
(400
)
II Sem
(450)
Grand
Total
(850)
% Grade Prog.Result
15101201 AAMIR HASSAN YOUSUF 213 262 475 55.88 B+ Second Class
15101202 AMRITH VARSHINI 292 319 611 71.88 A+
First Class with
Distinction
15101204 ARADHANA RAI 173 213 386 45.41 B Average
15101206 CLEETA JOY MASCARENHAS 187 217 404 47.52 B Average
15101207 GAUTHAM ALIAS THILAK 227 270 497 58.47 B+ Second Class
15101208 JENNIFER CARLO 248 262 510 60 A First Class
15101209 JNYANESHWAR MANE 185 243 428 50.35 B+ Second Class
15101210 JOEL IMMANUEL CONCESSAO 305 343 648 76.23 A+
First Class with
Distinction
15101212 KRISHNAVENI 225 300 525 61.76 A First Class
15101213 MARUTI M TALAWAR 198 274 472 55.52 B+ Second Class
15101214 ROSHANI ELIZABETH TAURO 247 288 535 62.94 A First Class
15101215 SAI SRUTHI 253 312 565 66.47 A First Class
15101216 SHERWIN GLEN D CUNHA 246 327 573 67.41 A First Class
15101217 VIDYSHRI KALADANNAVAR 265 299 564 66.35 A First Class
15101218 RENAULT ANTHONY PEREIRA 196 233 429 50.47 B+ Second Class
15101220 STEPHIGRAPH 199 227 426 50.11 B+ Second Class
15101221 ROSHAN K K 227 285 512 60.23 A First Class
15101223 NETRAVATI HALASAGI 271 284 555 65.29 A First Class
15101224 SUNIL S 196 278 474 55.76 B+ Second Class
15101225 CHITHRA 234 276 510 60 A First Class
15101226 PRIYANKA N 217 225 442 52 B+ Second Class
15101227 ANTHONY ANDRADE 214 280 494 58.11 B+ Second Class
15101228 ANISHA MENEZES 247 322 569 66.94 A First Class
15101229 DIVYA M 285 316 601 70.7 A+
First Class with
Distinction
15101230
PAIS AUSTIN ALBERT
GODWIN 305 329 634 74.58 A+
First Class with
Distinction
286
Programme Results PGDHRM 2015- 16 Batch
PARTICULARS PGDHRM
No. of Students Appeared 28
No. of Students Passed 28
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued 05
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2015 – 2016
No. of Students Rangae of Marks Grade Class
--- 90 Above O Outstanding
--- 80-89 A++ Excellent
04 70-79 A+ First Class with Distinction
10 60-69 A First Class
12 50-59 B+ Second Class
02 41-49 B Average
--- 40 C Pass
--- <40 Fails
TOP SCORERS - PGDHRM 2015 - 16 BATCH
Reg.No. Name of the Candidate
Marks
Obtained
(850)
% Grade
15101210
JOEL IMMANUEL
CONCESSAO 648 76.23 A+
15101230
PAIS AUSTIN ALBERT
GODWIN 634 74.58 A+
15101202 AMRITH VARSHINI 611 71.88 A+
15101229 DIVYA M 601 70.7 A+
LEGEND
Grade Point Range of Marks (%) Performance Classification Alpha-Sign Grade
10 90 Above Outstanding O
9 80-89 Excellent A++
8 70-79 First Class with Distinction A+
7 60-69 First Class A
6 50-59 Second Class B+
5 41-49 Average B
4 40 Pass C
0 <40 Fails
287
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
LIST OF CANDIDATES AWARDED
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COUNSELLING (PGDC) 2015 - 16
Reg.No. Name of the Candidates Grand Total
(850) % Grade Programme Result
15202213
LYNSHA IRENE
ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++
First Class with
Distinction
15202229 YOGITHA 709 83.41 A++
First Class with
Distinction
15202230
LAVEENA PHILOMENA
MONTEIRO 701 82.47 A++
First Class with
Distinction
15202231 NABEL AHMED 680 80 A++
First Class with
Distinction
LEGEND
Grade Point Range of Marks (%) Performance Classification Alpha-Sign Grade
10 90 Above Outstanding O
9 80-89 Excellent A++
8 70-79 First Class with Distinction A+
7 60-69 First Class A
6 50-59 Second Class B+
5 41-49 Average B
4 40 Pass C
0 <40 Fails
Programme Results of PGDC 2015 - 16 Batch
PARTICULARS PGDC
No. of Students Appeared 23
No. of Students Passed 23
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued 09
288
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2015 – 2016
No. of Students Rangae of Marks Grade Class
--- 90 Above O Outstanding
4 80-89 A++ Excellent
9 70-79 A+
First Class with
Distinction
8 60-69 A First Class
2 50-59 B+ Second Class
--- 41-49 B Average
--- 40 C Pass
--- <40 Fails
TOP SCORERS - PGDC 2015 - 16 BATCH
Reg.No. Name of the Candidate
Marks Obtained
(850) % Grade
15202213 LYNSHA IRENE ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++
15202229 YOGITHA 709 83.41 A++
15202230 LAVEENA PHILOMENA MONTEIRO 701 82.47 A++
15202231 NABEL AHMED 680 80 A++
15202213 LYNSHA IRENE ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++
289
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
LIST OF CANDIDATES AWARDED
DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DHRM) 2015 -16
Sl.No. Reg.No. Name of the Candidates I Sem
(400)
II Sem
(350)
Grand
Total
(750)
% Grade Prog. Result
1 15404201 ALPHONSA JACOB 285 228 513 68.4 A First Class
2 15404202 BETTY PAUL 282 254 536 71.46 A+
First Class with
Distinction
3 15404203 CHATHURI K SAJU 284 230 514 68.53 A First Class
4 15404204 MARIA JYOTHI MONTEIRO 290 247 537 71.60 A+
First Class with
Distinction
5 15404205 NAYAK JESHTA SATISH 302 259 561 74.8 A+
First Class with
Distinction
6 15404206 SNEHA S 280 252 532 70.93 A+
First Class with
Distinction
7 15404209 REMYA PAULOSE 263 219 482 64.26 A First Class
8 15404210 PREEMA SYNOL DSOUZA 278 235 513 68.4 A First Class
LEGEND
Grade Point Range of Marks (%) Performance Classification Alpha-Sign Grade
10 90 Above Outstanding O
9 80-89 Excellent A++
8 70-79 First Class with Distinction A+
7 60-69 First Class A
6 50-59 Second Class B+
5 41-49 Average B
4 40 Pass C
0 <40 Fails
290
Programme Results of DHRM 2015 - 16
PARTICULARS DHRM
No. of Students Appeared 08
No. of Students Passed 08
No. of Students Failed --
No. of Students Absent --
No. of Students Discontinued 02
DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2015 – 2016
No. of Students Rangae of Marks Grade Class
--- 90 Above O Outstanding
--- 80-89 A++ Excellent
4 70-79 A+ First Class with Distinction
4 60-69 A First Class
-- 50-59 B+ Second Class
--- 41-49 B Average
--- 40 C Pass
--- <40 Fails
TOP SCORERS - DHRM 2015 -16
Reg.No. Name of the Candidate Marks Obtained
(750) % Grade
14404109 SHAMMA IBRAHIM I M 522 69.6 A
14404104 FATHIMATHAL RAKSHKHANA 509 67.87 A
14404106 MARIYA SAJAN 469 62.53 A
14404103 CAROL HANNA BIJI 464 61.87 A
291
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.4 /SSW/AC/10/16
Sub: Approval of Academic Calendar for B.A., B.S.W., M.S.W., M.Sc. (Counsellig) & M.Sc.
(CFS) for the year 2016 – 17
The Academic Calendars for U.G Programme & PG Programme are placed before the Academic Council for
its consideration and approval.
292
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002
Autonomous College under Mangalore University
College with Potential for Excellence
Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42
TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING
THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.
Agenda No.5 /SSW/AC/10/16
Any other matter with the permission of the Chair
Top Related